<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="ja">
	<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Admin</id>
	<title>MARV Wiki - 利用者の投稿記録 [ja]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Admin"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/wiki/%E7%89%B9%E5%88%A5:%E6%8A%95%E7%A8%BF%E8%A8%98%E9%8C%B2/Admin"/>
	<updated>2026-09-04T08:31:55Z</updated>
	<subtitle>利用者の投稿記録</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.45.3</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%86%E3%83%B3%E3%83%97%E3%83%AC%E3%83%BC%E3%83%88:%E4%B8%96%E7%95%8C%E3%81%AE%E5%9B%BD%E3%80%85/sandbox&amp;diff=166</id>
		<title>テンプレート:世界の国々/sandbox</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%86%E3%83%B3%E3%83%97%E3%83%AC%E3%83%BC%E3%83%88:%E4%B8%96%E7%95%8C%E3%81%AE%E5%9B%BD%E3%80%85/sandbox&amp;diff=166"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T14:05:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{世界の国々&lt;br /&gt;
|正式名称 = おかか国&lt;br /&gt;
|公用語名称 = おかか語&lt;br /&gt;
|愛称 = おかか&lt;br /&gt;
|標語 = おかか&lt;br /&gt;
|画像 = marv.svg&lt;br /&gt;
|画像の見出し = MARV&lt;br /&gt;
|人口の時点 = 26/01/01&lt;br /&gt;
|協定世界時との時差 = +365&lt;br /&gt;
|ISOコード = 1000&lt;br /&gt;
|公式ウェブサイト = https://okakey.com&lt;br /&gt;
|備考 = &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%95%E3%82%A1%E3%82%A4%E3%83%AB:Marv.svg&amp;diff=165</id>
		<title>ファイル:Marv.svg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%95%E3%82%A1%E3%82%A4%E3%83%AB:Marv.svg&amp;diff=165"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T14:03:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%86%E3%83%B3%E3%83%97%E3%83%AC%E3%83%BC%E3%83%88:%E4%B8%96%E7%95%8C%E3%81%AE%E5%9B%BD%E3%80%85/sandbox&amp;diff=164</id>
		<title>テンプレート:世界の国々/sandbox</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%86%E3%83%B3%E3%83%97%E3%83%AC%E3%83%BC%E3%83%88:%E4%B8%96%E7%95%8C%E3%81%AE%E5%9B%BD%E3%80%85/sandbox&amp;diff=164"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T13:56:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「{{世界の国々 |正式名称 = おかか国 |公用語名称 = おかか語 |愛称 = おかか |標語 = おかか |人口の時点 = 26/01/01 |協定世界時との時差 = +365 |ISOコード = 1000 |公式ウェブサイト = https://okakey.com |備考 =  }}」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{世界の国々&lt;br /&gt;
|正式名称 = おかか国&lt;br /&gt;
|公用語名称 = おかか語&lt;br /&gt;
|愛称 = おかか&lt;br /&gt;
|標語 = おかか&lt;br /&gt;
|人口の時点 = 26/01/01&lt;br /&gt;
|協定世界時との時差 = +365&lt;br /&gt;
|ISOコード = 1000&lt;br /&gt;
|公式ウェブサイト = https://okakey.com&lt;br /&gt;
|備考 = &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A1%E3%82%A4%E3%83%B3%E3%83%9A%E3%83%BC%E3%82%B8&amp;diff=156</id>
		<title>メインページ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A1%E3%82%A4%E3%83%B3%E3%83%9A%E3%83%BC%E3%82%B8&amp;diff=156"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T09:42:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: 「メインページ」を保護しました ([編集=自動承認された利用者のみ許可] (無期限) [移動=自動承認された利用者のみ許可] (無期限))&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= MARV Wikiへようこそ！ =&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MediaWiki:Citizen-footer-tagline&amp;diff=154</id>
		<title>MediaWiki:Citizen-footer-tagline</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MediaWiki:Citizen-footer-tagline&amp;diff=154"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T09:13:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「©MARV」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;©MARV&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MediaWiki:Citizen-footer-desc&amp;diff=153</id>
		<title>MediaWiki:Citizen-footer-desc</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MediaWiki:Citizen-footer-desc&amp;diff=153"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T09:13:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「[https://marvgame.com/ja-JP MARV Official Site]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; [https://marzon.marvgame.com/welcome Marzon]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; [https://earthmap.marvgame.com/ World Map]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; [https://discord.gg/v7Xns7Xf84 Offical Discord]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; [https://status.marvgame.com/ Service Status]」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[https://marvgame.com/ja-JP MARV Official Site]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://marzon.marvgame.com/welcome Marzon]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://earthmap.marvgame.com/ World Map]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://discord.gg/v7Xns7Xf84 Offical Discord]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://status.marvgame.com/ Service Status]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A1%E3%82%A4%E3%83%B3%E3%83%9A%E3%83%BC%E3%82%B8&amp;diff=152</id>
		<title>メインページ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A1%E3%82%A4%E3%83%B3%E3%83%9A%E3%83%BC%E3%82%B8&amp;diff=152"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T09:08:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「= MARV Wikiへようこそ！ =」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= MARV Wikiへようこそ！ =&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%86%E3%83%B3%E3%83%97%E3%83%AC%E3%83%BC%E3%83%88:%E4%B8%96%E7%95%8C%E3%81%AE%E5%9B%BD%E3%80%85&amp;diff=150</id>
		<title>テンプレート:世界の国々</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%86%E3%83%B3%E3%83%97%E3%83%AC%E3%83%BC%E3%83%88:%E4%B8%96%E7%95%8C%E3%81%AE%E5%9B%BD%E3%80%85&amp;diff=150"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T08:55:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| class=&amp;quot;infobox&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width: 21em; font-size: 90%; text-align: left; border-collapse: collapse;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; padding-top: 0.7em; padding-bottom: 0.7em; font-size: 1.25em; font-weight: normal;&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;{{{正式名称}}}&#039;&#039;&#039;{{#if:{{{公用語名称|}}}|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;{{{公用語名称}}}&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- 画像 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{#if:{{{画像|}}}|&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}}-&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}} colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; padding-bottom: 0.7em;&amp;quot; {{!}} [[ファイル:{{{画像}}}|{{#if:{{{画像サイズ指定|}}}|{{{画像サイズ指定}}}|250px}}|{{{画像の見出し|}}}]]{{#if:{{{画像の見出し|}}}|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;{{{画像の見出し}}}&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- 国旗・国章 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{#if:{{{国旗|}}}{{{国章|}}}|&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}}-&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}} colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; {{#if:{{{画像|}}}|border-top: solid 1px #ccd2d9;}}&amp;quot; {{!}}&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;width: 100%; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}}-&lt;br /&gt;
{{#if:{{{国旗|}}}|{{!}} style=&amp;quot;border: 0; vertical-align: middle;&amp;quot; {{!}} [[ファイル:{{{国旗}}}|125px|border|{{{正式名称|}}}の国旗]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{#if:{{{国章|}}}|{{!}} style=&amp;quot;border: 0; vertical-align: middle;&amp;quot; {{!}} [[ファイル:{{{国章}}}|80px|{{{正式名称|}}}の国章]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}}-&lt;br /&gt;
{{#if:{{{国旗|}}}|{{!}} style=&amp;quot;border:0;&amp;quot; {{!}} &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;国旗&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{#if:{{{国章|}}}|{{!}} style=&amp;quot;border:0;&amp;quot; {{!}} &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;国章&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- 愛称 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{#if:{{{愛称|}}}|&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}}-&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}} colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; font-size: 85%; line-height: 140%; {{#if:{{{国旗|}}}{{{国章|}}}|border-top: solid 1px #ccd2d9;}}&amp;quot; {{!}} [[愛称]] : {{{愛称}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- 標語 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{#if:{{{標語|}}}|&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}}-&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}} colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; font-size: 85%; line-height: 140%; {{#if:{{{国旗|}}}{{{国章|}}}{{{愛称|}}}|border-top: solid 1px #ccd2d9;}}&amp;quot; {{!}} [[標語]] : &amp;quot;{{{標語}}}&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- 領土 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{#if:{{{領土一覧|}}}|&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}}-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background: #e0e0e0; text-align: center;&amp;quot; {{!}} 領土&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}}-&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}} colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;padding: 0.7em;&amp;quot; {{!}}&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;width:100%; border-collapse:collapse; text-align:left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:22%; background:#f5f5f5; padding:0.35em; border:1px solid #ccd2d9;&amp;quot; {{!}} 種別&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:43%; background:#f5f5f5; padding:0.35em; border:1px solid #ccd2d9;&amp;quot; {{!}} 名称&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:35%; background:#f5f5f5; padding:0.35em; border:1px solid #ccd2d9;&amp;quot; {{!}} 座標&lt;br /&gt;
{{{領土一覧}}}&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- 建国 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{#if:{{{建国日|}}}{{{旧名|}}}{{{創設者|}}}{{{建国場所|}}}|&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}}-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background: #e0e0e0; text-align: center;&amp;quot; {{!}} 建国&lt;br /&gt;
{{#if:{{{建国日|}}}|&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}}-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background: #EDEDED;&amp;quot; {{!}} {{{建国区分|建国日}}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}} {{{建国日}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{#if:{{{旧名|}}}|&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}}-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background: #EDEDED;&amp;quot; {{!}} 旧名&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}} {{{旧名}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{#if:{{{創設者|}}}|&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}}-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background: #EDEDED;&amp;quot; {{!}} 創設者&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}} {{{創設者}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{#if:{{{建国場所|}}}|&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}}-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background: #EDEDED;&amp;quot; {{!}} 建国場所&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}} {{{建国場所}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- 政治・行政 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{#if:{{{政治形態|}}}{{{最大都市|}}}{{{元首|}}}{{{政府首班|}}}{{{公用語|}}}{{{通貨|}}}|&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}}-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background: #e0e0e0; text-align: center;&amp;quot; {{!}} 政治・行政&lt;br /&gt;
{{#if:{{{政治形態|}}}|&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}}-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background: #EDEDED;&amp;quot; {{!}} 政治形態&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}} {{{政治形態}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{#if:{{{最大都市|}}}|&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}}-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background: #EDEDED;&amp;quot; {{!}} 最大都市&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}} {{{最大都市}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{#if:{{{元首|}}}|&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}}-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background: #EDEDED;&amp;quot; {{!}} {{{元首称号|元首}}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}} {{{元首}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{#if:{{{通貨|}}}|&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}}-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background: #EDEDED;&amp;quot; {{!}} 通貨&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}} {{{通貨}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- 地理 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{#if:{{{総面積(平方キロ)|}}}{{{標高(メートル)|}}}|&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}}-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background-color: #e0e0e0; text-align: center;&amp;quot; {{!}} 地理&lt;br /&gt;
{{#if:{{{総面積(平方キロ)|}}}|&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}}-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background: #EDEDED;&amp;quot; {{!}} 面積&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}} {{{総面積(平方キロ)}}} km&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;{{#if:{{{総面積(平方マイル)|}}}|（{{{総面積(平方マイル)}}} mi&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;）}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{#if:{{{標高(メートル)|}}}|&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}}-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background: #EDEDED;&amp;quot; {{!}} 標高&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}} {{{標高(メートル)}}} m{{#if:{{{標高(フィート)|}}}|（{{{標高(フィート)}}} ft）}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- 人口 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{#if:{{{総人口|}}}|&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}}-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background-color: #e0e0e0; text-align: center;&amp;quot; {{!}} 人口&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}}-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background: #EDEDED;&amp;quot; {{!}} 総人口&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}} {{{総人口}}}人{{#if:{{{人口の時点|}}}|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;（{{{人口の時点}}}現在）&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{#if:{{{人口密度(平方キロ当たり)|}}}|&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}}-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background: #EDEDED;&amp;quot; {{!}} 人口密度&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}} {{{人口密度(平方キロ当たり)}}}人/km&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;{{#if:{{{人口密度(平方マイル当たり)|}}}|（{{{人口密度(平方マイル当たり)}}}人/mi&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;）}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- その他 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{#if:{{{等時帯|}}}{{{ISOコード|}}}{{{備考|}}}|&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}}-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background-color: #e0e0e0; text-align: center;&amp;quot; {{!}} その他&lt;br /&gt;
{{#if:{{{等時帯|}}}|&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}}-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background: #EDEDED;&amp;quot; {{!}} [[標準時|等時帯]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}} {{{等時帯}}}{{#if:{{{協定世界時との時差|}}}| （UTC{{{協定世界時との時差}}}）}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{#if:{{{ISOコード|}}}|&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}}-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background: #EDEDED;&amp;quot; {{!}} [[ISO 3166-1]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}} {{{ISOコード}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{#if:{{{備考|}}}|&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}}-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background: #EDEDED;&amp;quot; {{!}} 備考&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}} {{{備考}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- 公式サイト --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{#if:{{{公式ウェブサイト|}}}|&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}}-&lt;br /&gt;
{{!}} colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-top: solid 1px #ccd2d9;&amp;quot; {{!}} &#039;&#039;&#039;公式ウェブサイト&#039;&#039;&#039; : {{{公式ウェブサイト}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- カテゴリはここではなく、/doc サブページに追加してください --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:Yesno&amp;diff=149</id>
		<title>モジュール:Yesno</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:Yesno&amp;diff=149"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T08:53:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「-- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input. -- It works similarly to the template {{yesno}}.  return function (val, default) 	-- If your wiki uses non-ascii characters for any of &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;no&amp;quot;, etc., you 	-- should replace &amp;quot;val:lower()&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;mw.ustring.lower(val)&amp;quot; in the 	-- following line. 	val = type(val) == &amp;#039;string&amp;#039; and val:lower() or val 	if val == nil then 		return nil 	elseif val == true  		or val == &amp;#039;yes&amp;#039; 		or val == &amp;#039;y&amp;#039; 		or…」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;-- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input.&lt;br /&gt;
-- It works similarly to the template {{yesno}}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return function (val, default)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- If your wiki uses non-ascii characters for any of &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;no&amp;quot;, etc., you&lt;br /&gt;
	-- should replace &amp;quot;val:lower()&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;mw.ustring.lower(val)&amp;quot; in the&lt;br /&gt;
	-- following line.&lt;br /&gt;
	val = type(val) == &#039;string&#039; and val:lower() or val&lt;br /&gt;
	if val == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif val == true &lt;br /&gt;
		or val == &#039;yes&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		or val == &#039;y&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		or val == &#039;true&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		or val == &#039;t&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		or val == &#039;on&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		or tonumber(val) == 1&lt;br /&gt;
	then&lt;br /&gt;
		return true&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif val == false&lt;br /&gt;
		or val == &#039;no&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		or val == &#039;n&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		or val == &#039;false&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		or val == &#039;f&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		or val == &#039;off&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		or tonumber(val) == 0&lt;br /&gt;
	then&lt;br /&gt;
		return false&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return default&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:Uses_TemplateStyles&amp;diff=148</id>
		<title>モジュール:Uses TemplateStyles</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:Uses_TemplateStyles&amp;diff=148"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T08:53:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「-- This module implements the {{Uses TemplateStyles}} template. local yesno = require(&amp;#039;Module:Yesno&amp;#039;) local mList = require(&amp;#039;Module:List&amp;#039;) local mTableTools = require(&amp;#039;Module:TableTools&amp;#039;) local mMessageBox = require(&amp;#039;Module:Message box&amp;#039;)  local p = {}  function p.main(frame) 	local origArgs = frame:getParent().args 	local args = {} 	for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do 		v = v:match(&amp;#039;^%s*(.-)%s*$&amp;#039;) 		if v ~= &amp;#039;&amp;#039; then 			args[k] = v 		end 	end 	return p._main(args) end  fun…」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;-- This module implements the {{Uses TemplateStyles}} template.&lt;br /&gt;
local yesno = require(&#039;Module:Yesno&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
local mList = require(&#039;Module:List&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
local mTableTools = require(&#039;Module:TableTools&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
local mMessageBox = require(&#039;Module:Message box&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local p = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.main(frame)&lt;br /&gt;
	local origArgs = frame:getParent().args&lt;br /&gt;
	local args = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do&lt;br /&gt;
		v = v:match(&#039;^%s*(.-)%s*$&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		if v ~= &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			args[k] = v&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return p._main(args)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p._main(args)&lt;br /&gt;
	local tStyles = mTableTools.compressSparseArray(args)&lt;br /&gt;
	local box = p.renderBox(tStyles)&lt;br /&gt;
	local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args, tStyles)&lt;br /&gt;
	return box .. trackingCategories&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.renderBox(tStyles)&lt;br /&gt;
	local boxArgs = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	if #tStyles &amp;lt; 1 then&lt;br /&gt;
		boxArgs.text = &#039;&amp;lt;strong class=&amp;quot;error&amp;quot;&amp;gt;エラー: TemplateStylesが指定されていません&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		local tStylesLinks = {}&lt;br /&gt;
		for i, ts in ipairs(tStyles) do&lt;br /&gt;
			local sandboxLink = nil&lt;br /&gt;
			local tsTitle = mw.title.new(ts)&lt;br /&gt;
			if tsTitle then&lt;br /&gt;
				local tsSandboxTitle = mw.title.new(string.format(&#039;%s:%s/sandbox/%s&#039;, tsTitle.nsText, tsTitle.baseText, tsTitle.subpageText))&lt;br /&gt;
				if tsSandboxTitle and tsSandboxTitle.exists then&lt;br /&gt;
					sandboxLink = string.format(&#039; ([[:%s|サンドボックス]])&#039;, tsSandboxTitle.prefixedText)&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
			tStylesLinks[i] = string.format(&#039;[[:%s]]%s&#039;, ts, sandboxLink or &#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		local tStylesList = mList.makeList(&#039;bulleted&#039;, tStylesLinks)&lt;br /&gt;
		boxArgs.text = &#039;この&#039; .. &lt;br /&gt;
			(mw.title.getCurrentTitle():inNamespaces(828,829) and &#039;モジュール&#039; or &#039;テンプレート&#039;) ..&lt;br /&gt;
			&#039;は[[mw:Help:TemplateStyles/ja|テンプレートスタイル]]を使用しています:\n&#039; .. tStylesList&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	boxArgs.type = &#039;notice&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	boxArgs.small = true&lt;br /&gt;
	boxArgs.image = &#039;[[File:Farm-Fresh css add.svg|32px|alt=CSS]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	return mMessageBox.main(&#039;mbox&#039;, boxArgs)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.renderTrackingCategories(args, tStyles, titleObj)&lt;br /&gt;
	if yesno(args.nocat) then&lt;br /&gt;
		return &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	local cats = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Error category&lt;br /&gt;
	if #tStyles &amp;lt; 1 then&lt;br /&gt;
		cats[#cats + 1] = &#039;テンプレート呼び出しエラーのあるページ/Template:Uses TemplateStyles&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- TemplateStyles category&lt;br /&gt;
	titleObj = titleObj or mw.title.getCurrentTitle()&lt;br /&gt;
	local subpageBlacklist = {&lt;br /&gt;
		doc = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		sandbox = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		sandbox2 = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		testcases = true&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
	if (titleObj.namespace == 10 or titleObj.namespace == 828)&lt;br /&gt;
		and not subpageBlacklist[titleObj.subpageText]&lt;br /&gt;
	then&lt;br /&gt;
		local category = args.category&lt;br /&gt;
		if not category then&lt;br /&gt;
			category = category or &#039;テンプレートスタイルを利用するテンプレート&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		cats[#cats + 1] = category&lt;br /&gt;
		if not yesno(args.noprotcat) then&lt;br /&gt;
			local currentProt = titleObj.protectionLevels[&amp;quot;edit&amp;quot;] and titleObj.protectionLevels[&amp;quot;edit&amp;quot;][1] or nil&lt;br /&gt;
			local addedLevelCat = false&lt;br /&gt;
			local addedPadlockCat = false&lt;br /&gt;
			for i, ts in ipairs(tStyles) do&lt;br /&gt;
				local tsTitleObj = mw.title.new(ts)&lt;br /&gt;
				local tsProt = tsTitleObj.protectionLevels[&amp;quot;edit&amp;quot;] and tsTitleObj.protectionLevels[&amp;quot;edit&amp;quot;][1] or nil&lt;br /&gt;
				if tsProt ~= currentProt and not addedLevelCat then&lt;br /&gt;
					cats[#cats + 1] = &amp;quot;異なる保護レベルがあるテンプレートスタイル使用テンプレート&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
				if tsProt and not addedPadlockCat then&lt;br /&gt;
					local content = tsTitleObj:getContent()&lt;br /&gt;
					if not content:find(&amp;quot;{{pp-&amp;quot;) then&lt;br /&gt;
						cats[#cats + 1] = &amp;quot;保護表示がないテンプレートスタイル使用テンプレート&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
						addedPadlockCat = true&lt;br /&gt;
					end&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	for i, cat in ipairs(cats) do&lt;br /&gt;
		cats[i] = string.format(&#039;[[Category:%s]]&#039;, cat)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return table.concat(cats)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return p&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:TableTools&amp;diff=147</id>
		<title>モジュール:TableTools</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:TableTools&amp;diff=147"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T08:52:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「--[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --                               TableTools                                       -- --                                                                                -- -- This module includes a number of functions for dealing with Lua tables.        -- -- It is a meta-module, meant to be called from other Lua modules, and should     -- -- not be called directly from #invoke.…」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;--[[&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--                               TableTools                                       --&lt;br /&gt;
--                                                                                --&lt;br /&gt;
-- This module includes a number of functions for dealing with Lua tables.        --&lt;br /&gt;
-- It is a meta-module, meant to be called from other Lua modules, and should     --&lt;br /&gt;
-- not be called directly from #invoke.                                           --&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local libraryUtil = require(&#039;libraryUtil&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local p = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Define often-used variables and functions.&lt;br /&gt;
local floor = math.floor&lt;br /&gt;
local infinity = math.huge&lt;br /&gt;
local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType&lt;br /&gt;
local checkTypeMulti = libraryUtil.checkTypeMulti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- isPositiveInteger&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- This function returns true if the given value is a positive integer, and false&lt;br /&gt;
-- if not. Although it doesn&#039;t operate on tables, it is included here as it is&lt;br /&gt;
-- useful for determining whether a given table key is in the array part or the&lt;br /&gt;
-- hash part of a table.&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
function p.isPositiveInteger(v)&lt;br /&gt;
	return type(v) == &#039;number&#039; and v &amp;gt;= 1 and floor(v) == v and v &amp;lt; infinity&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- isNan&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- This function returns true if the given number is a NaN value, and false&lt;br /&gt;
-- if not. Although it doesn&#039;t operate on tables, it is included here as it is&lt;br /&gt;
-- useful for determining whether a value can be a valid table key. Lua will&lt;br /&gt;
-- generate an error if a NaN is used as a table key.&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
function p.isNan(v)&lt;br /&gt;
	return type(v) == &#039;number&#039; and tostring(v) == &#039;-nan&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- shallowClone&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- This returns a clone of a table. The value returned is a new table, but all&lt;br /&gt;
-- subtables and functions are shared. Metamethods are respected, but the returned&lt;br /&gt;
-- table will have no metatable of its own.&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
function p.shallowClone(t)&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for k, v in pairs(t) do&lt;br /&gt;
		ret[k] = v&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return ret&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- removeDuplicates&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- This removes duplicate values from an array. Non-positive-integer keys are&lt;br /&gt;
-- ignored. The earliest value is kept, and all subsequent duplicate values are&lt;br /&gt;
-- removed, but otherwise the array order is unchanged.&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
function p.removeDuplicates(t)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;removeDuplicates&#039;, 1, t, &#039;table&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	local isNan = p.isNan&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret, exists = {}, {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for i, v in ipairs(t) do&lt;br /&gt;
		if isNan(v) then&lt;br /&gt;
			-- NaNs can&#039;t be table keys, and they are also unique, so we don&#039;t need to check existence.&lt;br /&gt;
			ret[#ret + 1] = v&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			if not exists[v] then&lt;br /&gt;
				ret[#ret + 1] = v&lt;br /&gt;
				exists[v] = true&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end	&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return ret&lt;br /&gt;
end			&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- numKeys&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of any numerical&lt;br /&gt;
-- keys that have non-nil values, sorted in numerical order.&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
function p.numKeys(t)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;numKeys&#039;, 1, t, &#039;table&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	local isPositiveInteger = p.isPositiveInteger&lt;br /&gt;
	local nums = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for k, v in pairs(t) do&lt;br /&gt;
		if isPositiveInteger(k) then&lt;br /&gt;
			nums[#nums + 1] = k&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	table.sort(nums)&lt;br /&gt;
	return nums&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- affixNums&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of keys with the&lt;br /&gt;
-- specified prefix and suffix. For example, for the table&lt;br /&gt;
-- {a1 = &#039;foo&#039;, a3 = &#039;bar&#039;, a6 = &#039;baz&#039;} and the prefix &amp;quot;a&amp;quot;, affixNums will&lt;br /&gt;
-- return {1, 3, 6}.&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
function p.affixNums(t, prefix, suffix)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;affixNums&#039;, 1, t, &#039;table&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;affixNums&#039;, 2, prefix, &#039;string&#039;, true)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;affixNums&#039;, 3, suffix, &#039;string&#039;, true)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local function cleanPattern(s)&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Cleans a pattern so that the magic characters ()%.[]*+-?^$ are interpreted literally.&lt;br /&gt;
		return s:gsub(&#039;([%(%)%%%.%[%]%*%+%-%?%^%$])&#039;, &#039;%%%1&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	prefix = prefix or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	suffix = suffix or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	prefix = cleanPattern(prefix)&lt;br /&gt;
	suffix = cleanPattern(suffix)&lt;br /&gt;
	local pattern = &#039;^&#039; .. prefix .. &#039;([1-9]%d*)&#039; .. suffix .. &#039;$&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local nums = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for k, v in pairs(t) do&lt;br /&gt;
		if type(k) == &#039;string&#039; then			&lt;br /&gt;
			local num = mw.ustring.match(k, pattern)&lt;br /&gt;
			if num then&lt;br /&gt;
				nums[#nums + 1] = tonumber(num)&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	table.sort(nums)&lt;br /&gt;
	return nums&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- numData&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- Given a table with keys like (&amp;quot;foo1&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;bar1&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;foo2&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;baz2&amp;quot;), returns a table&lt;br /&gt;
-- of subtables in the format &lt;br /&gt;
-- { [1] = {foo = &#039;text&#039;, bar = &#039;text&#039;}, [2] = {foo = &#039;text&#039;, baz = &#039;text&#039;} }&lt;br /&gt;
-- Keys that don&#039;t end with an integer are stored in a subtable named &amp;quot;other&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
-- The compress option compresses the table so that it can be iterated over with&lt;br /&gt;
-- ipairs.&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
function p.numData(t, compress)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;numData&#039;, 1, t, &#039;table&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;numData&#039;, 2, compress, &#039;boolean&#039;, true)&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for k, v in pairs(t) do&lt;br /&gt;
		local prefix, num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), &#039;^([^0-9]*)([1-9][0-9]*)$&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		if num then&lt;br /&gt;
			num = tonumber(num)&lt;br /&gt;
			local subtable = ret[num] or {}&lt;br /&gt;
			if prefix == &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
				-- Positional parameters match the blank string; put them at the start of the subtable instead.&lt;br /&gt;
				prefix = 1&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
			subtable[prefix] = v&lt;br /&gt;
			ret[num] = subtable&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			local subtable = ret.other or {}&lt;br /&gt;
			subtable[k] = v&lt;br /&gt;
			ret.other = subtable&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if compress then&lt;br /&gt;
		local other = ret.other&lt;br /&gt;
		ret = p.compressSparseArray(ret)&lt;br /&gt;
		ret.other = other&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return ret&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- compressSparseArray&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- This takes an array with one or more nil values, and removes the nil values&lt;br /&gt;
-- while preserving the order, so that the array can be safely traversed with&lt;br /&gt;
-- ipairs.&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
function p.compressSparseArray(t)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;compressSparseArray&#039;, 1, t, &#039;table&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	local nums = p.numKeys(t)&lt;br /&gt;
	for _, num in ipairs(nums) do&lt;br /&gt;
		ret[#ret + 1] = t[num]&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return ret&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- sparseIpairs&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- This is an iterator for sparse arrays. It can be used like ipairs, but can&lt;br /&gt;
-- handle nil values.&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
function p.sparseIpairs(t)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;sparseIpairs&#039;, 1, t, &#039;table&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	local nums = p.numKeys(t)&lt;br /&gt;
	local i = 0&lt;br /&gt;
	local lim = #nums&lt;br /&gt;
	return function ()&lt;br /&gt;
		i = i + 1&lt;br /&gt;
		if i &amp;lt;= lim then&lt;br /&gt;
			local key = nums[i]&lt;br /&gt;
			return key, t[key]&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			return nil, nil&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- size&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- This returns the size of a key/value pair table. It will also work on arrays,&lt;br /&gt;
-- but for arrays it is more efficient to use the # operator.&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.size(t)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;size&#039;, 1, t, &#039;table&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	local i = 0&lt;br /&gt;
	for k in pairs(t) do&lt;br /&gt;
		i = i + 1&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return i&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function defaultKeySort(item1, item2)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &amp;quot;number&amp;quot; &amp;lt; &amp;quot;string&amp;quot;, so numbers will be sorted before strings.&lt;br /&gt;
	local type1, type2 = type(item1), type(item2)&lt;br /&gt;
	if type1 ~= type2 then&lt;br /&gt;
		return type1 &amp;lt; type2&lt;br /&gt;
	else -- This will fail with table, boolean, function.&lt;br /&gt;
		return item1 &amp;lt; item2&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	Returns a list of the keys in a table, sorted using either a default&lt;br /&gt;
	comparison function or a custom keySort function.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function p.keysToList(t, keySort, checked)&lt;br /&gt;
	if not checked then&lt;br /&gt;
		checkType(&#039;keysToList&#039;, 1, t, &#039;table&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		checkTypeMulti(&#039;keysToList&#039;, 2, keySort, { &#039;function&#039;, &#039;boolean&#039;, &#039;nil&#039; })&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	local list = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	local index = 1&lt;br /&gt;
	for key, value in pairs(t) do&lt;br /&gt;
		list[index] = key&lt;br /&gt;
		index = index + 1&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	if keySort ~= false then&lt;br /&gt;
		keySort = type(keySort) == &#039;function&#039; and keySort or defaultKeySort&lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
		table.sort(list, keySort)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	return list&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	Iterates through a table, with the keys sorted using the keysToList function.&lt;br /&gt;
	If there are only numerical keys, sparseIpairs is probably more efficient.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function p.sortedPairs(t, keySort)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;sortedPairs&#039;, 1, t, &#039;table&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;sortedPairs&#039;, 2, keySort, &#039;function&#039;, true)&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	local list = p.keysToList(t, keySort, true)&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	local i = 0&lt;br /&gt;
	return function()&lt;br /&gt;
		i = i + 1&lt;br /&gt;
		local key = list[i]&lt;br /&gt;
		if key ~= nil then&lt;br /&gt;
			return key, t[key]&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			return nil, nil&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	Returns true if all keys in the table are consecutive integers starting at 1.&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
function p.isArray(t)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&amp;quot;isArray&amp;quot;, 1, t, &amp;quot;table&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	local i = 0&lt;br /&gt;
	for k, v in pairs(t) do&lt;br /&gt;
		i = i + 1&lt;br /&gt;
		if t[i] == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
			return false&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return true&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- { &amp;quot;a&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;b&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;c&amp;quot; } -&amp;gt; { a = 1, b = 2, c = 3 }&lt;br /&gt;
function p.invert(array)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&amp;quot;invert&amp;quot;, 1, array, &amp;quot;table&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	local map = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for i, v in ipairs(array) do&lt;br /&gt;
		map[v] = i&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	return map&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	{ &amp;quot;a&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;b&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;c&amp;quot; } -&amp;gt; { [&amp;quot;a&amp;quot;] = true, [&amp;quot;b&amp;quot;] = true, [&amp;quot;c&amp;quot;] = true }&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
function p.listToSet(t)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&amp;quot;listToSet&amp;quot;, 1, t, &amp;quot;table&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	local set = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for _, item in ipairs(t) do&lt;br /&gt;
		set[item] = true&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	return set&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	Recursive deep copy function.&lt;br /&gt;
	Preserves identities of subtables.&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
local function _deepCopy(orig, includeMetatable, already_seen)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Stores copies of tables indexed by the original table.&lt;br /&gt;
	already_seen = already_seen or {}&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	local copy = already_seen[orig]&lt;br /&gt;
	if copy ~= nil then&lt;br /&gt;
		return copy&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	if type(orig) == &#039;table&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		copy = {}&lt;br /&gt;
		for orig_key, orig_value in pairs(orig) do&lt;br /&gt;
			copy[deepcopy(orig_key, includeMetatable, already_seen)] = deepcopy(orig_value, includeMetatable, already_seen)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		already_seen[orig] = copy&lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
		if includeMetatable then&lt;br /&gt;
			local mt = getmetatable(orig)&lt;br /&gt;
			if mt ~= nil then&lt;br /&gt;
				local mt_copy = deepcopy(mt, includeMetatable, already_seen)&lt;br /&gt;
				setmetatable(copy, mt_copy)&lt;br /&gt;
				already_seen[mt] = mt_copy&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	else -- number, string, boolean, etc&lt;br /&gt;
		copy = orig&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return copy&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.deepCopy(orig, noMetatable, already_seen)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&amp;quot;deepCopy&amp;quot;, 3, already_seen, &amp;quot;table&amp;quot;, true)&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	return _deepCopy(orig, not noMetatable, already_seen)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	Concatenates all values in the table that are indexed by a number, in order.&lt;br /&gt;
	sparseConcat{ a, nil, c, d }  =&amp;gt;  &amp;quot;acd&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
	sparseConcat{ nil, b, c, d }  =&amp;gt;  &amp;quot;bcd&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function p.sparseConcat(t, sep, i, j)&lt;br /&gt;
	local list = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	local list_i = 0&lt;br /&gt;
	for _, v in p.sparseIpairs(t) do&lt;br /&gt;
		list_i = list_i + 1&lt;br /&gt;
		list[list_i] = v&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	return table.concat(list, sep, i, j)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
-- Finds the length of an array, or of a quasi-array with keys such&lt;br /&gt;
-- as &amp;quot;data1&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;data2&amp;quot;, etc., using an exponential search algorithm. &lt;br /&gt;
-- It is similar to the operator #, but may return&lt;br /&gt;
-- a different value when there are gaps in the array portion of the table.&lt;br /&gt;
-- Intended to be used on data loaded with mw.loadData. For other tables, use #.&lt;br /&gt;
-- Note: #frame.args in frame object always be set to 0, regardless of &lt;br /&gt;
-- the number of unnamed template parameters, so use this function for&lt;br /&gt;
-- frame.args.&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.length(t, prefix)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- requiring module inline so that [[Module:Exponential search]]&lt;br /&gt;
	-- which is only needed by this one function&lt;br /&gt;
	-- doesn&#039;t get millions of transclusions&lt;br /&gt;
	local expSearch = require(&amp;quot;Module:Exponential search&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;length&#039;, 1, t, &#039;table&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;length&#039;, 2, prefix, &#039;string&#039;, true)&lt;br /&gt;
	return expSearch(function(i)&lt;br /&gt;
		local key&lt;br /&gt;
		if prefix then&lt;br /&gt;
			key = prefix .. tostring(i)&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			key = i&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		return t[key] ~= nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end) or 0&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
function p.inArray(arr, valueToFind)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&amp;quot;inArray&amp;quot;, 1, arr, &amp;quot;table&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- if valueToFind is nil, error?&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	for _, v in ipairs(arr) do&lt;br /&gt;
		if v == valueToFind then&lt;br /&gt;
			return true&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	return false&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return p&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:String&amp;diff=146</id>
		<title>モジュール:String</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:String&amp;diff=146"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T08:52:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「--[[  This module is intended to provide access to basic string functions.  Most of the functions provided here can be invoked with named parameters, unnamed parameters, or a mixture.  If named parameters are used, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter. Depending on the intended use, it may be advantageous to either preserve or remove such whitespace.  Global options     ignore_errors: If set to &amp;#039;true&amp;#039; or 1, any er…」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;--[[&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This module is intended to provide access to basic string functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the functions provided here can be invoked with named parameters,&lt;br /&gt;
unnamed parameters, or a mixture.  If named parameters are used, Mediawiki will&lt;br /&gt;
automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the intended use, it may be advantageous to either preserve or&lt;br /&gt;
remove such whitespace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Global options&lt;br /&gt;
    ignore_errors: If set to &#039;true&#039; or 1, any error condition will result in&lt;br /&gt;
        an empty string being returned rather than an error message.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    error_category: If an error occurs, specifies the name of a category to&lt;br /&gt;
        include with the error message.  The default category is&lt;br /&gt;
        [Category:モジュールStringのエラー].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    no_category: If set to &#039;true&#039; or 1, no category will be added if an error&lt;br /&gt;
        is generated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unit tests for this module are available at Module:String/tests.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local str = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
len&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function returns the length of the target string.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usage:&lt;br /&gt;
{{#invoke:String|len|target_string|}}&lt;br /&gt;
OR&lt;br /&gt;
{{#invoke:String|len|s=target_string}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parameters&lt;br /&gt;
    s: The string whose length to report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or&lt;br /&gt;
trailing whitespace from the target string.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str.len( frame )&lt;br /&gt;
	local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {&#039;s&#039;} )&lt;br /&gt;
	local s = new_args[&#039;s&#039;] or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	return mw.ustring.len( s )&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
sub&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function returns a substring of the target string at specified indices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usage:&lt;br /&gt;
{{#invoke:String|sub|target_string|start_index|end_index}}&lt;br /&gt;
OR&lt;br /&gt;
{{#invoke:String|sub|s=target_string|i=start_index|j=end_index}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parameters&lt;br /&gt;
    s: The string to return a subset of&lt;br /&gt;
    i: The fist index of the substring to return, defaults to 1.&lt;br /&gt;
    j: The last index of the string to return, defaults to the last character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first character of the string is assigned an index of 1.  If either i or j&lt;br /&gt;
is a negative value, it is interpreted the same as selecting a character by&lt;br /&gt;
counting from the end of the string.  Hence, a value of -1 is the same as&lt;br /&gt;
selecting the last character of the string.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the requested indices are out of range for the given string, an error is&lt;br /&gt;
reported.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str.sub( frame )&lt;br /&gt;
	local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, { &#039;s&#039;, &#039;i&#039;, &#039;j&#039; } )&lt;br /&gt;
	local s = new_args[&#039;s&#039;] or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	local i = tonumber( new_args[&#039;i&#039;] ) or 1&lt;br /&gt;
	local j = tonumber( new_args[&#039;j&#039;] ) or -1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local len = mw.ustring.len( s )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Convert negatives for range checking&lt;br /&gt;
	if i &amp;lt; 0 then&lt;br /&gt;
		i = len + i + 1&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if j &amp;lt; 0 then&lt;br /&gt;
		j = len + j + 1&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	if i &amp;gt; len or j &amp;gt; len or i &amp;lt; 1 or j &amp;lt; 1 then&lt;br /&gt;
		return str._error( &#039;String subset index out of range&#039; )&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if j &amp;lt; i then&lt;br /&gt;
		return str._error( &#039;String subset indices out of order&#039; )&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return mw.ustring.sub( s, i, j )&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
This function implements that features of {{str sub old}} and is kept in order&lt;br /&gt;
to maintain these older templates.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str.sublength( frame )&lt;br /&gt;
	local i = tonumber( frame.args.i ) or 0&lt;br /&gt;
	local len = tonumber( frame.args.len )&lt;br /&gt;
	return mw.ustring.sub( frame.args.s, i + 1, len and ( i + len ) )&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
_match&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a&lt;br /&gt;
specified pattern. It is exported for use in other modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usage:&lt;br /&gt;
strmatch = require(&amp;quot;Module:String&amp;quot;)._match&lt;br /&gt;
sresult = strmatch( s, pattern, start, match, plain, nomatch )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parameters&lt;br /&gt;
    s: The string to search&lt;br /&gt;
    pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string&lt;br /&gt;
    start: The index within the source string to start the search.  The first&lt;br /&gt;
        character of the string has index 1.  Defaults to 1.&lt;br /&gt;
    match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single&lt;br /&gt;
        string.  This specifies which match to return, where the first match is&lt;br /&gt;
        match= 1.  If a negative number is specified then a match is returned&lt;br /&gt;
        counting from the last match.  Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting&lt;br /&gt;
        the last match.  Defaults to 1.&lt;br /&gt;
    plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain&lt;br /&gt;
        text.  Defaults to false.&lt;br /&gt;
    nomatch: If no match is found, output the &amp;quot;nomatch&amp;quot; value rather than an error.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
-- This sub-routine is exported for use in other modules&lt;br /&gt;
function str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch )&lt;br /&gt;
	if s == &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return str._error( &#039;Target string is empty&#039; )&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if pattern == &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return str._error( &#039;Pattern string is empty&#039; )&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	start = tonumber(start) or 1&lt;br /&gt;
	if math.abs(start) &amp;lt; 1 or math.abs(start) &amp;gt; mw.ustring.len( s ) then&lt;br /&gt;
		return str._error( &#039;Requested start is out of range&#039; )&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if match_index == 0 then&lt;br /&gt;
		return str._error( &#039;Match index is out of range&#039; )&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if plain_flag then&lt;br /&gt;
		pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern )&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local result&lt;br /&gt;
	if match_index == 1 then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Find first match is simple case&lt;br /&gt;
		result = mw.ustring.match( s, pattern, start )&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		if start &amp;gt; 1 then&lt;br /&gt;
			s = mw.ustring.sub( s, start )&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
		local iterator = mw.ustring.gmatch(s, pattern)&lt;br /&gt;
		if match_index &amp;gt; 0 then&lt;br /&gt;
			-- Forward search&lt;br /&gt;
			for w in iterator do&lt;br /&gt;
				match_index = match_index - 1&lt;br /&gt;
				if match_index == 0 then&lt;br /&gt;
					result = w&lt;br /&gt;
					break&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			-- Reverse search&lt;br /&gt;
			local result_table = {}&lt;br /&gt;
			local count = 1&lt;br /&gt;
			for w in iterator do&lt;br /&gt;
				result_table[count] = w&lt;br /&gt;
				count = count + 1&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
			result = result_table[ count + match_index ]&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	if result == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
		if nomatch == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
			return str._error( &#039;Match not found&#039; )&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			return nomatch&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return result&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
match&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a&lt;br /&gt;
specified pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usage:&lt;br /&gt;
{{#invoke:String|match|source_string|pattern_string|start_index|match_number|plain_flag|nomatch_output}}&lt;br /&gt;
OR&lt;br /&gt;
{{#invoke:String|match|s=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|start=start_index&lt;br /&gt;
    |match=match_number|plain=plain_flag|nomatch=nomatch_output}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parameters&lt;br /&gt;
    s: The string to search&lt;br /&gt;
    pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string&lt;br /&gt;
    start: The index within the source string to start the search.  The first&lt;br /&gt;
        character of the string has index 1.  Defaults to 1.&lt;br /&gt;
    match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single&lt;br /&gt;
        string.  This specifies which match to return, where the first match is&lt;br /&gt;
        match= 1.  If a negative number is specified then a match is returned&lt;br /&gt;
        counting from the last match.  Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting&lt;br /&gt;
        the last match.  Defaults to 1.&lt;br /&gt;
    plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain&lt;br /&gt;
        text.  Defaults to false.&lt;br /&gt;
    nomatch: If no match is found, output the &amp;quot;nomatch&amp;quot; value rather than an error.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or&lt;br /&gt;
trailing whitespace from each string.  In some circumstances this is desirable, in&lt;br /&gt;
other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the match_number or start_index are out of range for the string being queried, then&lt;br /&gt;
this function generates an error.  An error is also generated if no match is found.&lt;br /&gt;
If one adds the parameter ignore_errors=true, then the error will be suppressed and&lt;br /&gt;
an empty string will be returned on any failure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
-- This is the entry point for #invoke:String|match&lt;br /&gt;
function str.match( frame )&lt;br /&gt;
	local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {&#039;s&#039;, &#039;pattern&#039;, &#039;start&#039;, &#039;match&#039;, &#039;plain&#039;, &#039;nomatch&#039;} )&lt;br /&gt;
	local s = new_args[&#039;s&#039;] or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	local start = tonumber( new_args[&#039;start&#039;] ) or 1&lt;br /&gt;
	local plain_flag = str._getBoolean( new_args[&#039;plain&#039;] or false )&lt;br /&gt;
	local pattern = new_args[&#039;pattern&#039;] or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	local match_index = math.floor( tonumber(new_args[&#039;match&#039;]) or 1 )&lt;br /&gt;
	local nomatch = new_args[&#039;nomatch&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch )&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
pos&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function returns a single character from the target string at position pos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usage:&lt;br /&gt;
{{#invoke:String|pos|target_string|index_value}}&lt;br /&gt;
OR&lt;br /&gt;
{{#invoke:String|pos|target=target_string|pos=index_value}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parameters&lt;br /&gt;
    target: The string to search&lt;br /&gt;
    pos: The index for the character to return&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or&lt;br /&gt;
trailing whitespace from the target string.  In some circumstances this is desirable, in&lt;br /&gt;
other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first character has an index value of 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If one requests a negative value, this function will select a character by counting backwards&lt;br /&gt;
from the end of the string.  In other words pos = -1 is the same as asking for the last character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A requested value of zero, or a value greater than the length of the string returns an error.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str.pos( frame )&lt;br /&gt;
	local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {&#039;target&#039;, &#039;pos&#039;} )&lt;br /&gt;
	local target_str = new_args[&#039;target&#039;] or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	local pos = tonumber( new_args[&#039;pos&#039;] ) or 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	if pos == 0 or math.abs(pos) &amp;gt; mw.ustring.len( target_str ) then&lt;br /&gt;
		return str._error( &#039;String index out of range&#039; )&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return mw.ustring.sub( target_str, pos, pos )&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
str_find&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function duplicates the behavior of {{str_find}}, including all of its quirks.&lt;br /&gt;
This is provided in order to support existing templates, but is NOT RECOMMENDED for&lt;br /&gt;
new code and templates.  New code is recommended to use the &amp;quot;find&amp;quot; function instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Returns the first index in &amp;quot;source&amp;quot; that is a match to &amp;quot;target&amp;quot;.  Indexing is 1-based,&lt;br /&gt;
and the function returns -1 if the &amp;quot;target&amp;quot; string is not present in &amp;quot;source&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Important Note: If the &amp;quot;target&amp;quot; string is empty / missing, this function returns a&lt;br /&gt;
value of &amp;quot;1&amp;quot;, which is generally unexpected behavior, and must be accounted for&lt;br /&gt;
separatetly.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str.str_find( frame )&lt;br /&gt;
	local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {&#039;source&#039;, &#039;target&#039;} )&lt;br /&gt;
	local source_str = new_args[&#039;source&#039;] or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	local target_str = new_args[&#039;target&#039;] or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	if target_str == &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return 1&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, target_str, 1, true )&lt;br /&gt;
	if start == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
		start = -1&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return start&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
find&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function allows one to search for a target string or pattern within another&lt;br /&gt;
string.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usage:&lt;br /&gt;
{{#invoke:String|find|source_str|target_string|start_index|plain_flag}}&lt;br /&gt;
OR&lt;br /&gt;
{{#invoke:String|find|source=source_str|target=target_str|start=start_index|plain=plain_flag}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parameters&lt;br /&gt;
    source: The string to search&lt;br /&gt;
    target: The string or pattern to find within source&lt;br /&gt;
    start: The index within the source string to start the search, defaults to 1&lt;br /&gt;
    plain: Boolean flag indicating that target should be understood as plain&lt;br /&gt;
        text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or&lt;br /&gt;
trailing whitespace from the parameter.  In some circumstances this is desirable, in&lt;br /&gt;
other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function returns the first index &amp;gt;= &amp;quot;start&amp;quot; where &amp;quot;target&amp;quot; can be found&lt;br /&gt;
within &amp;quot;source&amp;quot;.  Indices are 1-based.  If &amp;quot;target&amp;quot; is not found, then this&lt;br /&gt;
function returns 0.  If either &amp;quot;source&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;target&amp;quot; are missing / empty, this&lt;br /&gt;
function also returns 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function should be safe for UTF-8 strings.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str.find( frame )&lt;br /&gt;
	local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {&#039;source&#039;, &#039;target&#039;, &#039;start&#039;, &#039;plain&#039; } )&lt;br /&gt;
	local source_str = new_args[&#039;source&#039;] or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	local pattern = new_args[&#039;target&#039;] or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	local start_pos = tonumber(new_args[&#039;start&#039;]) or 1&lt;br /&gt;
	local plain = new_args[&#039;plain&#039;] or true&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	if source_str == &#039;&#039; or pattern == &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return 0&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	plain = str._getBoolean( plain )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, pattern, start_pos, plain )&lt;br /&gt;
	if start == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
		start = 0&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return start&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
replace&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function allows one to replace a target string or pattern within another&lt;br /&gt;
string.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usage:&lt;br /&gt;
{{#invoke:String|replace|source_str|pattern_string|replace_string|replacement_count|plain_flag}}&lt;br /&gt;
OR&lt;br /&gt;
{{#invoke:String|replace|source=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|replace=replace_string|&lt;br /&gt;
   count=replacement_count|plain=plain_flag}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parameters&lt;br /&gt;
    source: The string to search&lt;br /&gt;
    pattern: The string or pattern to find within source&lt;br /&gt;
    replace: The replacement text&lt;br /&gt;
    count: The number of occurences to replace, defaults to all.&lt;br /&gt;
    plain: Boolean flag indicating that pattern should be understood as plain&lt;br /&gt;
        text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str.replace( frame )&lt;br /&gt;
	local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {&#039;source&#039;, &#039;pattern&#039;, &#039;replace&#039;, &#039;count&#039;, &#039;plain&#039; } )&lt;br /&gt;
	local source_str = new_args[&#039;source&#039;] or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	local pattern = new_args[&#039;pattern&#039;] or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	local replace = new_args[&#039;replace&#039;] or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	local count = tonumber( new_args[&#039;count&#039;] )&lt;br /&gt;
	local plain = new_args[&#039;plain&#039;] or true&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	if source_str == &#039;&#039; or pattern == &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return source_str&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	plain = str._getBoolean( plain )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	if plain then&lt;br /&gt;
		pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern )&lt;br /&gt;
		replace = mw.ustring.gsub( replace, &amp;quot;%%&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;%%%%&amp;quot; ) --Only need to escape replacement sequences.&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local result&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	if count ~= nil then&lt;br /&gt;
		result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace, count )&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace )&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return result&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
    simple function to pipe string.rep to templates.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str.rep( frame )&lt;br /&gt;
	local repetitions = tonumber( frame.args[2] )&lt;br /&gt;
	if not repetitions then&lt;br /&gt;
		return str._error( &#039;function rep expects a number as second parameter, received &amp;quot;&#039; .. ( frame.args[2] or &#039;&#039; ) .. &#039;&amp;quot;&#039; )&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return string.rep( frame.args[1] or &#039;&#039;, repetitions )&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
escapePattern&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function escapes special characters from a Lua string pattern. See [1]&lt;br /&gt;
for details on how patterns work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usage:&lt;br /&gt;
{{#invoke:String|escapePattern|pattern_string}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parameters&lt;br /&gt;
    pattern_string: The pattern string to escape.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str.escapePattern( frame )&lt;br /&gt;
	local pattern_str = frame.args[1]&lt;br /&gt;
	if not pattern_str then&lt;br /&gt;
		return str._error( &#039;No pattern string specified&#039; )&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local result = str._escapePattern( pattern_str )&lt;br /&gt;
	return result&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
count&lt;br /&gt;
This function counts the number of occurrences of one string in another.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str.count(frame)&lt;br /&gt;
	local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {&#039;source&#039;, &#039;pattern&#039;, &#039;plain&#039;})&lt;br /&gt;
	local source = args.source or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	local pattern = args.pattern or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	local plain = str._getBoolean(args.plain or true)&lt;br /&gt;
	if plain then&lt;br /&gt;
		pattern = str._escapePattern(pattern)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local _, count = mw.ustring.gsub(source, pattern, &#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	return count&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
endswith&lt;br /&gt;
This function determines whether a string ends with another string.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str.endswith(frame)&lt;br /&gt;
	local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {&#039;source&#039;, &#039;pattern&#039;})&lt;br /&gt;
	local source = args.source or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	local pattern = args.pattern or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	if pattern == &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- All strings end with the empty string.&lt;br /&gt;
		return &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if mw.ustring.sub(source, -mw.ustring.len(pattern), -1) == pattern then&lt;br /&gt;
		return &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
join&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Join all non empty arguments together; the first argument is the separator.&lt;br /&gt;
Usage:&lt;br /&gt;
{{#invoke:String|join|sep|one|two|three}}&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str.join(frame)&lt;br /&gt;
	local args = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	local sep&lt;br /&gt;
	for _, v in ipairs( frame.args ) do&lt;br /&gt;
		if sep then&lt;br /&gt;
			if v ~= &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
				table.insert(args, v)&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			sep = v&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return table.concat( args, sep or &#039;&#039; )&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
Helper function that populates the argument list given that user may need to use a mix of&lt;br /&gt;
named and unnamed parameters.  This is relevant because named parameters are not&lt;br /&gt;
identical to unnamed parameters due to string trimming, and when dealing with strings&lt;br /&gt;
we sometimes want to either preserve or remove that whitespace depending on the application.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str._getParameters( frame_args, arg_list )&lt;br /&gt;
	local new_args = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	local index = 1&lt;br /&gt;
	local value&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	for _, arg in ipairs( arg_list ) do&lt;br /&gt;
		value = frame_args[arg]&lt;br /&gt;
		if value == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
			value = frame_args[index]&lt;br /&gt;
			index = index + 1&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		new_args[arg] = value&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return new_args&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
Helper function to handle error messages.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str._error( error_str )&lt;br /&gt;
	local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame()&lt;br /&gt;
	local error_category = frame.args.error_category or &#039;モジュールStringのエラー&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	local ignore_errors = frame.args.ignore_errors or false&lt;br /&gt;
	local no_category = frame.args.no_category or false&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	if str._getBoolean(ignore_errors) then&lt;br /&gt;
		return &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local error_str = &#039;&amp;lt;strong class=&amp;quot;error&amp;quot;&amp;gt;モジュールStringのエラー: &#039; .. error_str .. &#039;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	if error_category ~= &#039;&#039; and not str._getBoolean( no_category ) then&lt;br /&gt;
		error_str = &#039;[[Category:&#039; .. error_category .. &#039;]]&#039; .. error_str&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return error_str&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
Helper Function to interpret boolean strings&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str._getBoolean( boolean_str )&lt;br /&gt;
	local boolean_value&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	if type( boolean_str ) == &#039;string&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		boolean_str = boolean_str:lower()&lt;br /&gt;
		if boolean_str == &#039;false&#039; or boolean_str == &#039;no&#039; or boolean_str == &#039;0&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				or boolean_str == &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			boolean_value = false&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			boolean_value = true&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif type( boolean_str ) == &#039;boolean&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		boolean_value = boolean_str&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		error( &#039;No boolean value found&#039; )&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return boolean_value&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
Helper function that escapes all pattern characters so that they will be treated&lt;br /&gt;
as plain text.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str._escapePattern( pattern_str )&lt;br /&gt;
	return mw.ustring.gsub( pattern_str, &amp;quot;([%(%)%.%%%+%-%*%?%[%^%$%]])&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;%%%1&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return str&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:Protection_banner/config&amp;diff=145</id>
		<title>モジュール:Protection banner/config</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:Protection_banner/config&amp;diff=145"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T08:51:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「-- This module provides configuration data for Module:Protection banner.  return {  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- --                                BANNER DATA -- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --[[ -- Banner data consists of six fields: -- * text - the main protection text that appears at the top of protection --   banners. -- * explanation - the text that a…」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;-- This module provides configuration data for [[Module:Protection banner]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return {&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
--                                BANNER DATA&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
-- Banner data consists of six fields:&lt;br /&gt;
-- * text - the main protection text that appears at the top of protection&lt;br /&gt;
--   banners.&lt;br /&gt;
-- * explanation - the text that appears below the main protection text, used&lt;br /&gt;
--   to explain the details of the protection.&lt;br /&gt;
-- * tooltip - the tooltip text you see when you move the mouse over a small&lt;br /&gt;
--   padlock icon.&lt;br /&gt;
-- * link - the page that the small padlock icon links to.&lt;br /&gt;
-- * alt - the alt text for the small padlock icon. This is also used as tooltip&lt;br /&gt;
--   text for the large protection banners.&lt;br /&gt;
-- * image - the padlock image used in both protection banners and small padlock&lt;br /&gt;
--   icons.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- The module checks in three separate tables to find a value for each field.&lt;br /&gt;
-- First it checks the banners table, which has values specific to the reason&lt;br /&gt;
-- for the page being protected. Then the module checks the defaultBanners&lt;br /&gt;
-- table, which has values specific to each protection level. Finally, the&lt;br /&gt;
-- module checks the masterBanner table, which holds data for protection&lt;br /&gt;
-- templates to use if no data has been found in the previous two tables.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- The values in the banner data can take parameters. These are specified&lt;br /&gt;
-- using ${TEXTLIKETHIS} (a dollar sign preceding a parameter name&lt;br /&gt;
-- enclosed in curly braces).&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
--                          Available parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${CURRENTVERSION} - a link to the page history or the move log, with the&lt;br /&gt;
-- display message &amp;quot;current-version-edit-display&amp;quot; or&lt;br /&gt;
-- &amp;quot;current-version-move-display&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${EDITREQUEST} - a link to create an edit request for the current page.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} - an explanation blurb, e.g. &amp;quot;Please discuss any changes&lt;br /&gt;
-- on the talk page; you may submit a request to ask an administrator to make&lt;br /&gt;
-- an edit if it is minor or supported by consensus.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${IMAGELINK} - a link to set the image to, depending on the protection&lt;br /&gt;
-- action and protection level.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${INTROBLURB} - the PROTECTIONBLURB parameter, plus the expiry if an expiry&lt;br /&gt;
-- is set. E.g. &amp;quot;Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently &lt;br /&gt;
-- disabled until dd Month YYYY.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${INTROFRAGMENT} - the same as ${INTROBLURB}, but without final punctuation&lt;br /&gt;
-- so that it can be used in run-on sentences.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${PAGETYPE} - the type of the page, e.g. &amp;quot;article&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;template&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
-- Defined in the cfg.pagetypes table.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} - a blurb explaining the protection level of the page, e.g.&lt;br /&gt;
-- &amp;quot;Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently disabled&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${PROTECTIONDATE} - the protection date, if it has been supplied to the&lt;br /&gt;
-- template.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} - the protection level, e.g. &amp;quot;fully protected&amp;quot; or&lt;br /&gt;
-- &amp;quot;semi-protected&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${PROTECTIONLOG} - a link to the protection log or the pending changes log,&lt;br /&gt;
-- depending on the protection action.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${TALKPAGE} - a link to the talk page. If a section is specified, links&lt;br /&gt;
-- straight to that talk page section.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${TOOLTIPBLURB} - uses the PAGETYPE, PROTECTIONTYPE and EXPIRY parameters to&lt;br /&gt;
-- create a blurb like &amp;quot;This template is semi-protected&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;This article is&lt;br /&gt;
-- move-protected until DD Month YYYY&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${VANDAL} - links for the specified username (or the root page name)&lt;br /&gt;
-- using Module:Vandal-m.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
--                                 Functions&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- For advanced users, it is possible to use Lua functions instead of strings&lt;br /&gt;
-- in the banner config tables. Using functions gives flexibility that is not&lt;br /&gt;
-- possible just by using parameters. Functions take two arguments, the&lt;br /&gt;
-- protection object and the template arguments, and they must output a string.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- For example:&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- text = function (protectionObj, args)&lt;br /&gt;
--     if protectionObj.level == &#039;autoconfirmed&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
--         return &#039;foo&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
--     else&lt;br /&gt;
--         return &#039;bar&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
--     end&lt;br /&gt;
-- end&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- Some protection object properties and methods that may be useful:&lt;br /&gt;
-- protectionObj.action - the protection action&lt;br /&gt;
-- protectionObj.level - the protection level&lt;br /&gt;
-- protectionObj.reason - the protection reason&lt;br /&gt;
-- protectionObj.expiry - the expiry. Nil if unset, the string &amp;quot;indef&amp;quot; if set&lt;br /&gt;
--     to indefinite, and the protection time in unix time if temporary.&lt;br /&gt;
-- protectionObj.protectionDate - the protection date in unix time, or nil if&lt;br /&gt;
--     unspecified.&lt;br /&gt;
-- protectionObj.bannerConfig - the banner config found by the module. Beware&lt;br /&gt;
--     of editing the config field used by the function, as it could create an&lt;br /&gt;
--     infinite loop.&lt;br /&gt;
-- protectionObj:isProtected - returns a boolean showing whether the page is&lt;br /&gt;
--     protected.&lt;br /&gt;
-- protectionObj:isTemporary - returns a boolean showing whether the expiry is&lt;br /&gt;
--     temporary.&lt;br /&gt;
-- protectionObj:isIncorrect - returns a boolean showing whether the protection&lt;br /&gt;
--     template is incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- The master banner data, used if no values have been found in banners or&lt;br /&gt;
-- defaultBanners.&lt;br /&gt;
masterBanner = {&lt;br /&gt;
	text = &#039;${INTROBLURB}&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	explanation = &#039;${EXPLANATIONBLURB}&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	tooltip = &#039;${TOOLTIPBLURB}&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	link = &#039;${IMAGELINK}&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	alt = &#039;${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されたページ&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- The default banner data. This holds banner data for different protection&lt;br /&gt;
-- levels.&lt;br /&gt;
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.&lt;br /&gt;
defaultBanners = {&lt;br /&gt;
	edit = {},&lt;br /&gt;
	move = {},&lt;br /&gt;
	autoreview = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = {&lt;br /&gt;
			alt = &#039;Page protected with pending changes&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			tooltip = &#039;All edits by unregistered and new users are subject to review prior to becoming visible to unregistered users&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			image = &#039;Pending-protection-shackle.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		}&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	upload = {}&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- The banner data. This holds banner data for different protection reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
-- In fact, the reasons specified in this table control which reasons are&lt;br /&gt;
-- valid inputs to the first positional parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- There is also a non-standard &amp;quot;description&amp;quot; field that can be used for items&lt;br /&gt;
-- in this table. This is a description of the protection reason for use in the&lt;br /&gt;
-- module documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.&lt;br /&gt;
banners = {&lt;br /&gt;
	edit = {&lt;br /&gt;
		--blp = {&lt;br /&gt;
		--	description = &#039;For pages protected to promote compliance with the&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &#039;|biographies of living persons]] policy&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		--	text = &#039;${INTROFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &amp;quot;|Wikipedia&#039;s&amp;amp;nbsp;policy on&amp;amp;nbsp;the&amp;amp;nbsp;biographies&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &#039; of&amp;amp;nbsp;living&amp;amp;nbsp;people]].&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		--	tooltip = &#039;${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with the policy on&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &#039; biographies of living persons&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		--},&lt;br /&gt;
		dmca = {&lt;br /&gt;
			description = &#039;[[デジタルミレニアム著作権法]]に基づく削除要求があったため、&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;保護されたページ&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			explanation = function (protectionObj, args)&lt;br /&gt;
				local ret = &#039;この${PAGETYPE}の内容に関して、[[デジタルミレニアム著作権法]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;(DMCA)に基づく権利所有者への通知があったため、&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;ウィキメディア財団は問題となった個所を削除した上で、&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;このページの編集を制限しました。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				if args.notice then&lt;br /&gt;
					ret = ret .. &#039;財団が受理した通知のコピーは &#039;&lt;br /&gt;
						.. args.notice .. &#039; にあります。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
				ret = ret .. &#039;異議申し立て方法など詳細な情報については&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;[[Wikipedia:事務局行動]]および${TALKPAGE}をご覧ください。&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;編集制限が解除されるまで、&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &amp;quot;このお知らせを除去しないでください。&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				return ret&lt;br /&gt;
			end,&lt;br /&gt;
			image = &#039;Office-protection-shackle-WMFlogo.svg&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		dispute = {&lt;br /&gt;
			description = &#039;[[Wikipedia:編集合戦|編集合戦]]により保護されたページ&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			text = &#039;[[Wikipedia:編集合戦|編集合戦]]が発生したため、${INTROBLURB}&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			explanation = &amp;quot;${CURRENTVERSION}の内容が&#039;&#039;&#039;適切とは限りません&#039;&#039;&#039;。&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針|保護の方針]]および&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;問題となった個所について意見がある場合は、&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;${TALKPAGE}で議論するよう心がけてください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;[[Wikipedia:合意形成|合意が形成]]され、保護を解除できる状態になった場合は&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|保護の解除を依頼]]してください。&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			tooltip = &#039;編集合戦が発生したため、${TOOLTIPBLURB}&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		--ecp = {&lt;br /&gt;
		--	description = &#039;For articles in topic areas authorized by&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|ArbCom]] or&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &#039; meets the criteria for community use&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		--	tooltip = &#039;This ${PAGETYPE} is extended-confirmed protected&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		--	alt = &#039;Extended-protected ${PAGETYPE}&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		--},&lt;br /&gt;
		--mainpage = {&lt;br /&gt;
		--	description = &#039;For pages protected for being displayed on the [[Main Page]]&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		--	text = &#039;This file is currently&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:This page is protected|protected]] from&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &#039; editing because it is currently or will soon be displayed&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &#039; on the [[Main Page]].&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		--	explanation = &#039;Images on the Main Page are protected due to their high&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &#039; visibility. Please discuss any necessary changes on the ${TALKPAGE}.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:90%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;Administrators:&#039;&#039;&#039; Once this image is definitely off the Main Page,&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &#039; please unprotect this file, or reduce to semi-protection,&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &#039; as appropriate.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		--},&lt;br /&gt;
		office = {&lt;br /&gt;
			description = &#039;[[Wikipedia:事務局行動|事務局行動]]により保護されたページ&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			text = function (protectionObj, args)&lt;br /&gt;
				local ret = &#039;現在この${PAGETYPE}は[[Wikipedia:事務局行動|&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;ウィキメディア財団事務局]]の監視下にあり、&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				if protectionObj.protectionDate then&lt;br /&gt;
					ret = ret .. &#039;${PROTECTIONDATE}以降、&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
				return ret .. &#039;保護されています。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			end,&lt;br /&gt;
			explanation = &amp;quot;もしあなたがこのページを編集できたとしても、加筆・修正を行う前に&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &amp;quot;${TALKPAGE}で議論するよう心がけてください。&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;ウィキメディア財団の許可があるまで、このページの保護を&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &amp;quot;解除しないでください。&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
			image = &#039;Office-protection-shackle-WMFlogo.svg&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		permanent = {&lt;br /&gt;
			description = &#039;半永久的に保護されているページ&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			text = function (protectionObj, args)&lt;br /&gt;
				if protectionObj.level == &#039;sysop&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
					return &#039;この${PAGETYPE}は、半永久的に編集[[Wikipedia:保護|保護]]されています。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				elseif protectionObj.level == &#039;extendedconfirmed&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
					return &#039;この${PAGETYPE}は、[[Wikipedia:利用者#拡張承認された利用者|&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;拡張承認された利用者]]以外の編集を半永久的に[[Wikipedia:保護|禁止]]しています。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				else&lt;br /&gt;
					return &#039;この${PAGETYPE}は、[[Wikipedia:利用者#新規利用者|新規利用者]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;および[[Wikipedia:利用者#IP利用者|未登録利用者]]からの編集を&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;半永久的に[[Wikipedia:保護|禁止]]しています。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
			end,&lt;br /&gt;
			explanation = function (protectionObj, args)&lt;br /&gt;
				if protectionObj.level == &#039;sysop&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
					return &#039;詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針#半永久的な保護|保護の方針]]および&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;変更が必要なときは${TALKPAGE}で議論し、[[Wikipedia:合意形成|合意形成]]後に&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;[[Wikipedia:管理者伝言板/保護ページ編集|保護編集依頼]]を行ってください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				elseif protectionObj.level == &#039;extendedconfirmed&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
					return &#039;詳しくは[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針#半永久的な拡張半保護|拡張半保護の方針]]および&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;この${PAGETYPE}を編集することができない場合、${TALKPAGE}にて&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;&amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;nowrap&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{[[Template:拡張半保護編集依頼|拡張半保護編集依頼]]}}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;を用いて[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針#拡張半保護されたページの編集|編集を依頼]]するか、&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;[[Wikipedia:管理者伝言板/拡張承認の申請|拡張承認の申請]]をしてください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				else&lt;br /&gt;
					return &#039;詳しくは[[Wikipedia:半保護の方針#半永久的な半保護|半保護の方針]]および&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;この${PAGETYPE}を編集することができない場合、${TALKPAGE}にて&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;&amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;nowrap&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{[[Template:半保護編集依頼|半保護編集依頼]]}}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;を用いて[[Wikipedia:半保護の方針#半保護されたページの編集|編集を依頼]]してください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
			end,&lt;br /&gt;
			tooltip = &#039;半永久的に${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されている${PAGETYPE}&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			alt = &#039;半永久的に${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されている${PAGETYPE}&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			image = function (protectionObj)&lt;br /&gt;
				if protectionObj.level == &#039;sysop&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
					return &#039;Edit Semi-permanent Protection.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				elseif protectionObj.level == &#039;extendedconfirmed&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
					return &#039;Edit Semi-permanent Extended Semi-protection.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				else&lt;br /&gt;
					return &#039;Edit Semi-permanent Semi-protection.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
			end,&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		reset = {&lt;br /&gt;
			description = &#039;[[Wikipedia:事務局行動|事務局行動]]により、内容が&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;縮小された上で保護されたページ&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
 			text = function (protectionObj, args)&lt;br /&gt;
				local ret = &#039;現在この${PAGETYPE}は[[Wikipedia:事務局行動|&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;ウィキメディア財団事務局]]の監視下にあり、&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				if protectionObj.protectionDate then&lt;br /&gt;
					ret = ret .. &#039;${PROTECTIONDATE}以降、&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
				return ret .. &#039;保護されています。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			end,&lt;br /&gt;
			explanation = &#039;この${PAGETYPE}には最小限の内容しかないため、&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;[[WP:NPOV|中立的な観点]]や[[WP:V|検証可能性]]といった方針に&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;適合する形で、全面的に改稿されることが望まれています。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &amp;quot;もしあなたがこのページを編集できたとしても、加筆・修正を行う前に&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &amp;quot;${TALKPAGE}で議論するよう心がけてください。&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;この${PAGETYPE}が保護される以前の版に書かれていた内容は&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;復帰させないでください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;ノートページで議論を行う際も同様です。&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;ウィキメディア財団の許可があるまで、このページの保護を&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &amp;quot;解除したり、このお知らせを除去しないでください。&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
			image = &#039;Office-protection-shackle-WMFlogo.svg&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		--sock = {&lt;br /&gt;
		--	description = &#039;For pages protected due to&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppetry]]&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		--	text = &#039;${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppets]] of&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Blocking policy|blocked]] or&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Banning policy|banned users]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &#039; from editing it.&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		--	tooltip = &#039;${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to prevent sock puppets of blocked or banned users from&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &#039; editing it&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		--},&lt;br /&gt;
		template = {&lt;br /&gt;
			description = &#039;[[Wikipedia:影響が特に大きいテンプレート|&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;影響が特に大きいテンプレート・モジュール]]&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			text = &#039;この[[Wikipedia:影響が特に大きいテンプレート|&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;影響が特に大きい${PAGETYPE}]]は、[[Wikipedia:荒らし|荒らし]]を予防するために&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されています。&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			explanation = function (protectionObj, args)&lt;br /&gt;
				if protectionObj.level == &#039;sysop&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
					return &#039;詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針#半永久的な保護|保護の方針]]および&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;変更が必要なときは${TALKPAGE}で議論し、[[Wikipedia:合意形成|合意形成]]後に&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;[[Wikipedia:管理者伝言板/保護ページ編集|保護編集依頼]]を行ってください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				elseif protectionObj.level == &#039;extendedconfirmed&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
					return &#039;詳しくは[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針#半永久的な拡張半保護|拡張半保護の方針]]および&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;この${PAGETYPE}を編集することができない場合、${TALKPAGE}にて&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;&amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;nowrap&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{[[Template:拡張半保護編集依頼|拡張半保護編集依頼]]}}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;を用いて[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針#拡張半保護されたページの編集|編集を依頼]]するか、&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;[[Wikipedia:管理者伝言板/拡張承認の申請|拡張承認の申請]]をしてください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				else&lt;br /&gt;
					return &#039;詳しくは[[Wikipedia:半保護の方針#半永久的な半保護|半保護の方針]]および&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;この${PAGETYPE}を編集することができない場合、${TALKPAGE}にて&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;&amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;nowrap&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{[[Template:半保護編集依頼|半保護編集依頼]]}}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;を用いて[[Wikipedia:半保護の方針#半保護されたページの編集|編集を依頼]]してください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
			end,&lt;br /&gt;
			tooltip = &#039;この影響が特に大きい${PAGETYPE}は、&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;荒らしを予防するために${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されています。&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			alt = &#039;半永久的に${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されている${PAGETYPE}&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			image = function (protectionObj)&lt;br /&gt;
				if protectionObj.level == &#039;sysop&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
					return &#039;Edit Semi-permanent Protection.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				elseif protectionObj.level == &#039;extendedconfirmed&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
					return &#039;Edit Semi-permanent Extended Semi-protection.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				else&lt;br /&gt;
					return &#039;Edit Semi-permanent Semi-protection.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
			end,&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		--usertalk = {&lt;br /&gt;
		--	description = &#039;For pages protected against disruptive edits by a&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &#039; particular user&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		--	text = &#039;${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent ${VANDAL} from using it to make disruptive edits,&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &#039; such as abusing the&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &#039; &amp;amp;#123;&amp;amp;#123;[[Template:unblock|unblock]]&amp;amp;#125;&amp;amp;#125; template.&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		--	explanation = &#039;If you cannot edit this user talk page and you need to&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &#039; make a change or leave a message, you can&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &#039;#Current requests for edits to a protected page&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &#039;|request an edit]],&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &#039;#Current requests for reduction in protection level&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &#039;|request unprotection]],&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &#039; [[Special:Userlogin|log in]],&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--		.. &#039; or [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		--},&lt;br /&gt;
		vandalism = {&lt;br /&gt;
			description = &#039;[[Wikipedia:荒らし|荒らし]]行為により保護されたページ&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			text = &#039;度重なる[[Wikipedia:荒らし|荒らし]]行為のため、${INTROBLURB}&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			tooltip = &#039;度重なる荒らし行為のため、${TOOLTIPBLURB}&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		}&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	move = {&lt;br /&gt;
		dispute = {&lt;br /&gt;
			description = &#039;[[Wikipedia:編集合戦#移動合戦|移動合戦]]により保護されたページ&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			text = &#039;[[Wikipedia:編集合戦#移動合戦|移動合戦]]が発生したため、${INTROFRAGMENT}&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			explanation = &amp;quot;${CURRENTVERSION}が&#039;&#039;&#039;適切とは限りません&#039;&#039;&#039;。&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針|保護の方針]]および&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;ページ名について意見がある場合は${TALKPAGE}で議論し、&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;必要に応じて[[Wikipedia:ページの改名]]に従い、&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;[[Wikipedia:改名提案|改名の提案]]をしてください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;[[Wikipedia:合意形成|合意が形成]]され、保護を解除できる状態になった場合は&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|保護の解除を依頼]]してください。&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			tooltip = &#039;移動合戦が発生したため、${TOOLTIPBLURB}&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		vandalism = {&lt;br /&gt;
			description = &#039;[[Wikipedia:荒らし#移動荒らし|移動荒らし]]行為により保護されたページ&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			text = &#039;度重なる[[Wikipedia:荒らし#移動荒らし|移動荒らし]]行為のため、${INTROFRAGMENT}&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			tooltip = &#039;度重なる移動荒らし行為のため、${TOOLTIPBLURB}&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		}&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	autoreview = {},&lt;br /&gt;
	upload = {}&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
--                            GENERAL DATA TABLES&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Protection blurbs&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- This table produces the protection blurbs available with the&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action and&lt;br /&gt;
-- protection level, and is checked by the module in the following order:&lt;br /&gt;
-- 1. page&#039;s protection action, page&#039;s protection level&lt;br /&gt;
-- 2. page&#039;s protection action, default protection level&lt;br /&gt;
-- 3. &amp;quot;edit&amp;quot; protection action, default protection level&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.&lt;br /&gt;
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.&lt;br /&gt;
protectionBlurbs = {&lt;br /&gt;
	edit = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = &#039;この${PAGETYPE}は編集[[Wikipedia:保護|保護]]されています&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		autoconfirmed = &#039;この${PAGETYPE}は[[Wikipedia:利用者#新規利用者|新規利用者]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			.. &#039;および[[Wikipedia:利用者#IP利用者|未登録利用者]]からの編集を[[Wikipedia:保護|禁止]]しています&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		extendedconfirmed = &#039;この${PAGETYPE}は[[Wikipedia:利用者#拡張承認された利用者|&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			.. &#039;拡張承認された利用者]]以外の編集を[[Wikipedia:保護|禁止]]しています&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	move = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = &#039;この${PAGETYPE}は[[Help:ページの移動|移動]][[Wikipedia:保護|保護]]されています&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		extendedconfirmed = &#039;この${PAGETYPE}は[[Wikipedia:利用者#拡張承認された利用者|&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			.. &#039;拡張承認された利用者]]以外の[[Help:ページの移動|移動]]を[[Wikipedia:保護|禁止]]しています&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	autoreview = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = &#039;All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:User access levels#New users|new]] or&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered users|unregistered]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			.. &#039; users are currently&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	upload = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = &#039;この${PAGETYPE}は[[Wikipedia:ファイルのアップロード|アップロード]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			.. &#039;[[Wikipedia:保護|保護]]されています&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		extendedconfirmed = &#039;この${PAGETYPE}は[[Wikipedia:利用者#拡張承認された利用者|&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			.. &#039;拡張承認された利用者]]以外の[[Wikipedia:ファイルのアップロード|アップロード]]を&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			.. &#039;[[Wikipedia:保護|禁止]]しています&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Explanation blurbs&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- This table produces the explanation blurbs available with the&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action,&lt;br /&gt;
-- protection level, and whether the page is a talk page or not. If the page is&lt;br /&gt;
-- a talk page it will have a talk key of &amp;quot;talk&amp;quot;; otherwise it will have a talk&lt;br /&gt;
-- key of &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot;. The table is checked in the following order:&lt;br /&gt;
-- 1. page&#039;s protection action, page&#039;s protection level, page&#039;s talk key&lt;br /&gt;
-- 2. page&#039;s protection action, page&#039;s protection level, default talk key&lt;br /&gt;
-- 3. page&#039;s protection action, default protection level, page&#039;s talk key&lt;br /&gt;
-- 4. page&#039;s protection action, default protection level, default talk key&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.&lt;br /&gt;
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.&lt;br /&gt;
explanationBlurbs = {&lt;br /&gt;
	edit = {&lt;br /&gt;
		autoconfirmed = {&lt;br /&gt;
			subject = &#039;詳しくは[[Wikipedia:半保護の方針|半保護の方針]]および&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。この${PAGETYPE}を編集することができない場合、${TALKPAGE}&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;にて&amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;nowrap&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{[[Template:半保護編集依頼|半保護編集依頼]]}}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;を用いて[[Wikipedia:半保護の方針#半保護されたページの編集|編集を依頼]]してください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;半保護を解除しても問題ない状態になった場合、&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|半保護の解除を依頼]]してください。&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			default = &#039;詳しくは[[Wikipedia:半保護の方針|半保護の方針]]および&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;半保護を解除しても問題ない状態になった場合、&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|半保護の解除を依頼]]してください。&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		extendedconfirmed = {&lt;br /&gt;
			subject = &#039;詳しくは[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針|拡張半保護の方針]]および&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。この${PAGETYPE}を編集することができない場合、${TALKPAGE}&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;にて&amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;nowrap&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{[[Template:拡張半保護編集依頼|拡張半保護編集依頼]]}}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;を用いて[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針#拡張半保護されたページの編集|編集を依頼]]するか、&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;[[Wikipedia:管理者伝言板/拡張承認の申請|拡張承認の申請]]を&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;してください。拡張半保護を解除しても問題ない状態になった場合、&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|拡張半保護の解除を依頼]]してください。&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			default = &#039;詳しくは[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針|拡張半保護の方針]]および&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;拡張半保護を解除しても問題ない状態になった場合、&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|拡張半保護の解除を依頼]]してください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		default = {&lt;br /&gt;
			subject = &#039;詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針|保護の方針]]および&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;変更が必要なときは${TALKPAGE}で議論し、[[Wikipedia:合意形成|合意形成]]後に&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;[[Wikipedia:管理者伝言板/保護ページ編集|保護編集依頼]]を行ってください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;合意が形成されるなど、保護を解除できる状態になった場合は&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|保護の解除を依頼]]してください。&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			default = &#039;詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針|保護の方針]]および&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;合意が形成されるなど、保護を解除できる状態になった場合は&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|保護の解除を依頼]]してください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		}&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	move = {&lt;br /&gt;
		extendedconfirmed = {&lt;br /&gt;
			subject = &#039;詳しくは[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針|拡張半保護の方針]]および&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;ページを移動できない場合は、${TALKPAGE}にて&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;&amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;nowrap&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{[[Template:拡張半保護編集依頼|拡張半保護編集依頼]]}}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;を用いて[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針#拡張半保護されたページの編集|移動を依頼]]するか、&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;[[Wikipedia:管理者伝言板/拡張承認の申請|拡張承認の申請]]を&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;してください。移動拡張半保護を解除しても問題ない状態になった場合、&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|移動拡張半保護の解除を依頼]]してください。&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			default = &#039;詳しくは[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針|拡張半保護の方針]]および&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;移動拡張半保護を解除しても問題ない状態になった場合、&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|移動拡張半保護の解除を依頼]]してください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		default = {&lt;br /&gt;
			subject = &#039;詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針|保護の方針]]および&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;移動が必要なときは${TALKPAGE}で議論し、&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;[[Wikipedia:合意形成|合意形成]]後に&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;[[Wikipedia:移動依頼|移動依頼]]で依頼してください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;合意が形成されるなど、移動保護を解除できる状態になった場合は&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|移動保護の解除を依頼]]してください。&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			default = &#039;詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針|保護の方針]]および&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;合意が形成されるなど、移動保護を解除できる状態になった場合は&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|移動保護の解除を依頼]]してください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		}&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	autoreview = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = {&lt;br /&gt;
			default = &#039;See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} by new and unregistered users&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; will not be visible to readers until they are accepted by&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; a reviewer. To avoid the need for your edits to be&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; reviewed, you may&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;#Current requests for reduction in protection level&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	upload = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = {&lt;br /&gt;
			default = &#039;詳しくは${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;編集保護されていない場合は、&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;ファイルの説明を編集することができます。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;アップロード保護を解除しても問題ない状態になった場合、&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|アップロード保護の解除を依頼]]してください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		}&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Protection levels&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- This table provides the data for the ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} parameter, which&lt;br /&gt;
-- produces a short label for different protection levels. It is sorted by&lt;br /&gt;
-- protection action and protection level, and is checked in the following&lt;br /&gt;
-- order:&lt;br /&gt;
-- 1. page&#039;s protection action, page&#039;s protection level&lt;br /&gt;
-- 2. page&#039;s protection action, default protection level&lt;br /&gt;
-- 3. &amp;quot;edit&amp;quot; protection action, default protection level&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.&lt;br /&gt;
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.&lt;br /&gt;
protectionLevels = {&lt;br /&gt;
	edit = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = &#039;保護&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		templateeditor = &#039;template-protected&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		extendedconfirmed = &#039;拡張半保護&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		autoconfirmed = &#039;半保護&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	move = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = &#039;移動保護&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		extendedconfirmed = &#039;移動拡張半保護&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	autoreview = {&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	upload = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = &#039;アップロード保護&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		extendedconfirmed = &#039;アップロード拡張半保護&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Images&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- This table lists different padlock images for each protection action and&lt;br /&gt;
-- protection level. It is used if an image is not specified in any of the&lt;br /&gt;
-- banner data tables, and if the page does not satisfy the conditions for using&lt;br /&gt;
-- the [&#039;image-filename-indef&#039;] image. It is checked in the following order:&lt;br /&gt;
-- 1. page&#039;s protection action, page&#039;s protection level&lt;br /&gt;
-- 2. page&#039;s protection action, default protection level&lt;br /&gt;
images = {&lt;br /&gt;
	edit = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = &#039;Edit Protection.svg&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		templateeditor = &#039;Template-protection-shackle.svg&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		extendedconfirmed = &#039;Edit Extended Semi-protection.svg&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		autoconfirmed = &#039;Edit Semi-protection.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	move = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = &#039;Move-protection-shackle.svg&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		extendedconfirmed = &#039;Move Extended Semi-protection.svg&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	autoreview = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = &#039;Pending-protection-shackle.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	upload = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = &#039;Upload Protection.svg&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		extendedconfirmed = &#039;Upload Extended Semi-protection.svg&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Pages with a reason specified in this table will show the special &amp;quot;indef&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
-- padlock, defined in the &#039;image-filename-indef&#039; message, if no expiry is set.&lt;br /&gt;
indefImageReasons = {&lt;br /&gt;
	template = true&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Image links&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- This table provides the data for the ${IMAGELINK} parameter, which gets&lt;br /&gt;
-- the image link for small padlock icons based on the page&#039;s protection action&lt;br /&gt;
-- and protection level. It is checked in the following order:&lt;br /&gt;
-- 1. page&#039;s protection action, page&#039;s protection level&lt;br /&gt;
-- 2. page&#039;s protection action, default protection level&lt;br /&gt;
-- 3. &amp;quot;edit&amp;quot; protection action, default protection level&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.&lt;br /&gt;
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.&lt;br /&gt;
imageLinks = {&lt;br /&gt;
	edit = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = &#039;Wikipedia:保護の方針&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		templateeditor = &#039;Wikipedia:Protection policy#template&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		extendedconfirmed = &#039;Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		autoconfirmed = &#039;Wikipedia:半保護の方針&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	move = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = &#039;Wikipedia:保護の方針&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		extendedconfirmed = &#039;Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	autoreview = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = &#039;Wikipedia:Protection policy#pending&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	upload = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Padlock indicator names&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- This table provides the &amp;quot;name&amp;quot; attribute for the &amp;lt;indicator&amp;gt; extension tag&lt;br /&gt;
-- with which small padlock icons are generated. All indicator tags on a page&lt;br /&gt;
-- are displayed in alphabetical order based on this attribute, and with&lt;br /&gt;
-- indicator tags with duplicate names, the last tag on the page wins.&lt;br /&gt;
-- The attribute is chosen based on the protection action; table keys must be a&lt;br /&gt;
-- protection action name or the string &amp;quot;default&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
padlockIndicatorNames = {&lt;br /&gt;
	move = &#039;pp-move&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	autoreview = &#039;pp-autoreview&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	upload = &#039;pp-upload&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	default = &#039;pp-default&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Protection categories&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
-- The protection categories are stored in the protectionCategories table.&lt;br /&gt;
-- Keys to this table are made up of the following strings:&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- 1. the expiry date&lt;br /&gt;
-- 2. the namespace&lt;br /&gt;
-- 3. the protection reason (e.g. &amp;quot;dispute&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;vandalism&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
-- 4. the protection level (e.g. &amp;quot;sysop&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;autoconfirmed&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
-- 5. the action (e.g. &amp;quot;edit&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;move&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
-- &lt;br /&gt;
-- When the module looks up a category in the table, first it will will check to&lt;br /&gt;
-- see a key exists that corresponds to all five parameters. For example, a&lt;br /&gt;
-- user page semi-protected from vandalism for two weeks would have the key&lt;br /&gt;
-- &amp;quot;temp-user-vandalism-autoconfirmed-edit&amp;quot;. If no match is found, the module&lt;br /&gt;
-- changes the first part of the key to &amp;quot;all&amp;quot; and checks the table again. It&lt;br /&gt;
-- keeps checking increasingly generic key combinations until it finds the&lt;br /&gt;
-- field, or until it reaches the key &amp;quot;all-all-all-all-all&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- The module uses a binary matrix to determine the order in which to search.&lt;br /&gt;
-- This is best demonstrated by a table. In this table, the &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; values&lt;br /&gt;
-- represent &amp;quot;all&amp;quot;, and the &amp;quot;1&amp;quot; values represent the original data (e.g.&lt;br /&gt;
-- &amp;quot;indef&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;file&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;vandalism&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
--        expiry    namespace reason   level     action&lt;br /&gt;
-- order&lt;br /&gt;
-- 1      1         1         1        1         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 2      0         1         1        1         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 3      1         0         1        1         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 4      0         0         1        1         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 5      1         1         0        1         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 6      0         1         0        1         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 7      1         0         0        1         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 8      0         0         0        1         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 9      1         1         1        0         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 10     0         1         1        0         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 11     1         0         1        0         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 12     0         0         1        0         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 13     1         1         0        0         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 14     0         1         0        0         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 15     1         0         0        0         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 16     0         0         0        0         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 17     1         1         1        1         0&lt;br /&gt;
-- 18     0         1         1        1         0&lt;br /&gt;
-- 19     1         0         1        1         0&lt;br /&gt;
-- 20     0         0         1        1         0&lt;br /&gt;
-- 21     1         1         0        1         0&lt;br /&gt;
-- 22     0         1         0        1         0&lt;br /&gt;
-- 23     1         0         0        1         0&lt;br /&gt;
-- 24     0         0         0        1         0&lt;br /&gt;
-- 25     1         1         1        0         0&lt;br /&gt;
-- 26     0         1         1        0         0&lt;br /&gt;
-- 27     1         0         1        0         0&lt;br /&gt;
-- 28     0         0         1        0         0&lt;br /&gt;
-- 29     1         1         0        0         0&lt;br /&gt;
-- 30     0         1         0        0         0&lt;br /&gt;
-- 31     1         0         0        0         0&lt;br /&gt;
-- 32     0         0         0        0         0&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- In this scheme the action has the highest priority, as it is the last&lt;br /&gt;
-- to change, and the expiry has the least priority, as it changes the most.&lt;br /&gt;
-- The priorities of the expiry, the protection level and the action are&lt;br /&gt;
-- fixed, but the priorities of the reason and the namespace can be swapped&lt;br /&gt;
-- through the use of the cfg.bannerDataNamespaceHasPriority table.&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- If the reason specified to the template is listed in this table,&lt;br /&gt;
-- namespace data will take priority over reason data in the protectionCategories&lt;br /&gt;
-- table.&lt;br /&gt;
reasonsWithNamespacePriority = {&lt;br /&gt;
	vandalism = true,&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- The string to use as a namespace key for the protectionCategories table for each&lt;br /&gt;
-- namespace number.&lt;br /&gt;
categoryNamespaceKeys = {&lt;br /&gt;
	[  2] = &#039;user&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[  3] = &#039;user&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[  4] = &#039;project&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[  6] = &#039;file&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[  8] = &#039;mediawiki&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[ 10] = &#039;template&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[ 12] = &#039;project&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[ 14] = &#039;category&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[100] = &#039;portal&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[828] = &#039;module&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
protectionCategories = {&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|all|all|all|all&#039;]                  = &#039;編集保護中のページ&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|all|office|all|all&#039;]               = &#039;Wikipedia Office-protected pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|all|reset|all|all&#039;]                = &#039;Wikipedia Office-protected pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|all|dmca|all|all&#039;]                 = &#039;Wikipedia Office-protected pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|all|permanent|all|all&#039;]            = &#039;保護運用中のページ&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|all|mainpage|all|all&#039;]             = &#039;Wikipedia fully-protected main page files&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|all|ecp|extendedconfirmed|all&#039;]    = &#039;編集拡張半保護中のページ&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|all|all|extendedconfirmed|edit&#039;]    = &#039;編集拡張半保護中のページ&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit&#039;]       = &#039;編集半保護中のページ&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;indef|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit&#039;]     = &#039;Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit&#039;]       = &#039;Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected biographies of living people&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;temp|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit&#039;]      = &#039;Wikipedia temporarily semi-protected biographies of living people&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|all|dispute|autoconfirmed|edit&#039;]   = &#039;Wikipedia pages semi-protected due to dispute&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|all|sock|autoconfirmed|edit&#039;]      = &#039;Wikipedia pages semi-protected from banned users&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|all|vandalism|autoconfirmed|edit&#039;] = &#039;Wikipedia pages semi-protected against vandalism&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|category|all|autoconfirmed|edit&#039;]  = &#039;Wikipedia semi-protected categories&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|file|all|autoconfirmed|edit&#039;]      = &#039;Wikipedia semi-protected files&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|portal|all|autoconfirmed|edit&#039;]    = &#039;Wikipedia semi-protected portals&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|project|all|autoconfirmed|edit&#039;]   = &#039;Wikipedia semi-protected project pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|talk|all|autoconfirmed|edit&#039;]      = &#039;Wikipedia semi-protected talk pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|template|all|sysop|edit&#039;]          = &#039;編集保護中のテンプレート&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|template|all|autoconfirmed|edit&#039;]  = &#039;編集半保護中のテンプレート&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|user|all|autoconfirmed|edit&#039;]      = &#039;Wikipedia semi-protected user and user talk pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|template|all|templateeditor|edit&#039;] = &#039;Wikipedia template-protected templates&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|all|blp|sysop|edit&#039;]               = &#039;Wikipedia indefinitely protected biographies of living people&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;temp|all|blp|sysop|edit&#039;]              = &#039;Wikipedia temporarily protected biographies of living people&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|all|dispute|sysop|edit&#039;]           = &#039;Wikipedia pages protected due to dispute&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|all|sock|sysop|edit&#039;]              = &#039;Wikipedia pages protected from banned users&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|all|vandalism|sysop|edit&#039;]         = &#039;Wikipedia pages protected against vandalism&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|category|all|sysop|edit&#039;]          = &#039;Wikipedia fully protected categories&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|file|all|sysop|edit&#039;]              = &#039;Wikipedia fully-protected files&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|project|all|sysop|edit&#039;]           = &#039;Wikipedia fully-protected project pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|talk|all|sysop|edit&#039;]              = &#039;Wikipedia fully-protected talk pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|user|all|sysop|edit&#039;]              = &#039;Wikipedia fully protected user and user talk pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|module|all|sysop|edit&#039;]            = &#039;編集保護中のモジュール&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|module|all|templateeditor|edit&#039;]   = &#039;Wikipedia template-protected modules&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|module|all|autoconfirmed|edit&#039;]    = &#039;編集半保護中のモジュール&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|all|all|sysop|move&#039;]               = &#039;移動保護中のページ&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|all|all|extendedconfirmed|move&#039;]   = &#039;移動拡張半保護中のページ&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;indef|all|all|sysop|move&#039;]             = &#039;Wikipedia indefinitely move-protected pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|all|dispute|sysop|move&#039;]           = &#039;Wikipedia pages move-protected due to dispute&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|all|vandalism|sysop|move&#039;]         = &#039;Wikipedia pages move-protected due to vandalism&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|portal|all|sysop|move&#039;]            = &#039;Wikipedia move-protected portals&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|portal|all|sysop|move&#039;]            = &#039;Wikipedia move-protected portals&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|project|all|sysop|move&#039;]           = &#039;Wikipedia move-protected project pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|talk|all|sysop|move&#039;]              = &#039;Wikipedia move-protected talk pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|template|all|sysop|move&#039;]          = &#039;移動保護中のテンプレート&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|user|all|sysop|move&#039;]              = &#039;Wikipedia move-protected user and user talk pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	--[&#039;all|all|all|autoconfirmed|autoreview&#039;] = &#039;Wikipedia pending changes protected pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|file|all|all|upload&#039;]              = &#039;アップロード保護中のファイル&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|file|all|extendedconfirmed|upload&#039;]= &#039;アップロード拡張半保護中のファイル&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Expiry category config&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- This table configures the expiry category behaviour for each protection&lt;br /&gt;
-- action.&lt;br /&gt;
-- * If set to true, setting that action will always categorise the page if&lt;br /&gt;
--   an expiry parameter is not set.&lt;br /&gt;
-- * If set to false, setting that action will never categorise the page.&lt;br /&gt;
-- * If set to nil, the module will categorise the page if:&lt;br /&gt;
--   1) an expiry parameter is not set, and&lt;br /&gt;
--   2) a reason is provided, and&lt;br /&gt;
--   3) the specified reason is not blacklisted in the reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck&lt;br /&gt;
--      table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
expiryCheckActions = {&lt;br /&gt;
	edit = nil,&lt;br /&gt;
	move = false,&lt;br /&gt;
	autoreview = true,&lt;br /&gt;
	upload = false&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck = {&lt;br /&gt;
	blp = true,&lt;br /&gt;
	template = true,&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Pagetypes&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- This table produces the page types available with the ${PAGETYPE} parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
-- Keys are namespace numbers, or the string &amp;quot;default&amp;quot; for the default value.&lt;br /&gt;
pagetypes = {&lt;br /&gt;
	-- [0] = &#039;記事&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[6] = &#039;ファイル&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[10] = &#039;テンプレート&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[14] = &#039;カテゴリ&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[828] = &#039;モジュール&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[1] = &#039;ノートページ&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[3] = &#039;会話ページ&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[5] = &#039;ノートページ&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[7] = &#039;ノートページ&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[9] = &#039;ノートページ&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[11] = &#039;ノートページ&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[13] = &#039;ノートページ&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[15] = &#039;ノートページ&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[101] = &#039;ノートページ&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[103] = &#039;ノートページ&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[829] = &#039;ノートページ&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[2301] = &#039;ノートページ&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[2303] = &#039;ノートページ&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	default = &#039;ページ&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Strings marking indefinite protection&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- This table contains values passed to the expiry parameter that mean the page&lt;br /&gt;
-- is protected indefinitely.&lt;br /&gt;
indefStrings = {&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;indef&#039;] = true,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;indefinite&#039;] = true,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;indefinitely&#039;] = true,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;infinite&#039;] = true,&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Group hierarchy&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- This table maps each group to all groups that have a superset of the original&lt;br /&gt;
-- group&#039;s page editing permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
hierarchy = {&lt;br /&gt;
	sysop = {},&lt;br /&gt;
	eliminator = {&#039;sysop&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	reviewer = {&#039;sysop&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	filemover = {&#039;sysop&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	templateeditor = {&#039;sysop&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	extendedconfirmed = {&#039;sysop&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	autoconfirmed = {&#039;eliminator&#039;, &#039;reviewer&#039;, &#039;filemover&#039;, &#039;templateeditor&#039;, &#039;extendedconfirmed&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	user = {&#039;autoconfirmed&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;*&#039;] = {&#039;user&#039;}&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Wrapper templates and their default arguments&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- This table contains wrapper templates used with the module, and their&lt;br /&gt;
-- default arguments. Templates specified in this table should contain the&lt;br /&gt;
-- following invocation, and no other template content:&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- {{#invoke:Protection banner|main}}&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- If other content is desired, it can be added between&lt;br /&gt;
-- &amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;...&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; tags.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- When a user calls one of these wrapper templates, they will use the&lt;br /&gt;
-- default arguments automatically. However, users can override any of the&lt;br /&gt;
-- arguments.&lt;br /&gt;
wrappers = {&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp&#039;]                         = {},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-extended&#039;]                = {&#039;ecp&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-blp&#039;]                     = {&#039;blp&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	-- we don&#039;t need Template:Pp-create&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-dispute&#039;]                 = {&#039;dispute&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-main-page&#039;]               = {&#039;mainpage&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-move&#039;]                    = {action = &#039;move&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-move-dispute&#039;]            = {&#039;dispute&#039;, action = &#039;move&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	-- we don&#039;t need Template:Pp-move-indef&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-move-vandalism&#039;]          = {&#039;vandalism&#039;, action = &#039;move&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-office&#039;]                  = {&#039;office&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-office-dmca&#039;]             = {&#039;dmca&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-pc&#039;]                      = {action = &#039;autoreview&#039;, small = true},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-pc1&#039;]                     = {action = &#039;autoreview&#039;, small = true},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:保護運用&#039;]                   = {&#039;permanent&#039;, small = true},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-reset&#039;]                   = {&#039;reset&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-semi-indef&#039;]              = {small = true},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-sock&#039;]                    = {&#039;sock&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-template&#039;]                = {&#039;template&#039;, small = true},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-upload&#039;]                  = {action = &#039;upload&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-usertalk&#039;]                = {&#039;usertalk&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-vandalism&#039;]               = {&#039;vandalism&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- &lt;br /&gt;
--                                 MESSAGES&lt;br /&gt;
-- &lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
msg = {&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Intro blurb and intro fragment&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- These messages specify what is produced by the ${INTROBLURB} and&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${INTROFRAGMENT} parameters. If the protection is temporary they use the&lt;br /&gt;
-- intro-blurb-expiry or intro-fragment-expiry, and if not they use&lt;br /&gt;
-- intro-blurb-noexpiry or intro-fragment-noexpiry.&lt;br /&gt;
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;intro-blurb-expiry&#039;] = &#039;${PROTECTIONBLURB}（${EXPIRY}まで）。&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;intro-blurb-noexpiry&#039;] = &#039;${PROTECTIONBLURB}。&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;intro-fragment-expiry&#039;] = &#039;${PROTECTIONBLURB}（${EXPIRY}まで）。&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;intro-fragment-noexpiry&#039;] = &#039;${PROTECTIONBLURB}。&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Tooltip blurb&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- These messages specify what is produced by the ${TOOLTIPBLURB} parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
-- If the protection is temporary the tooltip-blurb-expiry message is used, and&lt;br /&gt;
-- if not the tooltip-blurb-noexpiry message is used.&lt;br /&gt;
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;tooltip-blurb-expiry&#039;] = &#039;この${PAGETYPE}は${EXPIRY}まで${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されています。&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;tooltip-blurb-noexpiry&#039;] = &#039;この${PAGETYPE}は${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されています。&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;tooltip-fragment-expiry&#039;] = &#039;この${PAGETYPE}は${EXPIRY}まで${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されており、&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;tooltip-fragment-noexpiry&#039;] = &#039;この${PAGETYPE}は${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されており、&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Special explanation blurb&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- An explanation blurb for pages that cannot be unprotected, e.g. for pages&lt;br /&gt;
-- in the MediaWiki namespace.&lt;br /&gt;
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message.&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;explanation-blurb-nounprotect&#039;] = &#039;See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	.. &#039;protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	.. &#039; Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	.. &#039; may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	.. &#039; is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	.. &#039;|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	.. &#039;|consensus]].&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Protection log display values&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- These messages determine the display values for the protection log link&lt;br /&gt;
-- or the pending changes log link produced by the ${PROTECTIONLOG} parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;protection-log-display&#039;] = &#039;保護記録&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;pc-log-display&#039;] = &#039;pending changes log&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Current version display values&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- These messages determine the display values for the page history link&lt;br /&gt;
-- or the move log link produced by the ${CURRENTVERSION} parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;current-version-move-display&#039;] = &#039;現在のページ名&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;current-version-edit-display&#039;] = &#039;現行版&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Talk page&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- This message determines the display value of the talk page link produced&lt;br /&gt;
-- with the ${TALKPAGE} parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message.&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;talk-page-link-display&#039;] = &#039;ノートページ&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Edit requests&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- This message determines the display value of the edit request link produced&lt;br /&gt;
-- with the ${EDITREQUEST} parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message.&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;edit-request-display&#039;] = &#039;submit an edit request&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Expiry date format&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- This is the format for the blurb expiry date. It should be valid input for&lt;br /&gt;
-- the first parameter of the #time parser function.&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;expiry-date-format&#039;] = &#039;Y年Fj日&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;D&amp;quot;) &amp;quot;H:i&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;e&amp;quot;)&amp;quot;&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Tracking categories&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- These messages determine which tracking categories the module outputs.&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;tracking-category-incorrect&#039;] = &#039;不適切な保護テンプレートのあるページ&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;tracking-category-mismatch&#039;] = &#039;保護理由と保護レベルが合致していないページ&#039;,	-- 日本語版独自&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;tracking-category-template&#039;] = &#039;Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Images&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- These are images that are not defined by their protection action and protection level.&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;image-filename-indef&#039;] = &#039;Edit Protection.svg&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;image-filename-default&#039;] = &#039;Transparent.gif&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- End messages&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- End configuration&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:Protection_banner&amp;diff=144</id>
		<title>モジュール:Protection banner</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:Protection_banner&amp;diff=144"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T08:50:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「-- This module implements {{pp-meta}} and its daughter templates such as -- {{pp-dispute}}, {{pp-vandalism}} and {{pp-sock}}.  -- Initialise necessary modules. require(&amp;#039;strict&amp;#039;) local makeFileLink = require(&amp;#039;Module:File link&amp;#039;)._main local effectiveProtectionLevel = require(&amp;#039;Module:Effective protection level&amp;#039;)._main local effectiveProtectionExpiry = require(&amp;#039;Module:Effective protection expiry&amp;#039;)._main local yesno = require(&amp;#039;Module:Yesno&amp;#039;)  -- Lazily initialise modules…」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;-- This module implements {{pp-meta}} and its daughter templates such as&lt;br /&gt;
-- {{pp-dispute}}, {{pp-vandalism}} and {{pp-sock}}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Initialise necessary modules.&lt;br /&gt;
require(&#039;strict&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
local makeFileLink = require(&#039;Module:File link&#039;)._main&lt;br /&gt;
local effectiveProtectionLevel = require(&#039;Module:Effective protection level&#039;)._main&lt;br /&gt;
local effectiveProtectionExpiry = require(&#039;Module:Effective protection expiry&#039;)._main&lt;br /&gt;
local yesno = require(&#039;Module:Yesno&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Lazily initialise modules and objects we don&#039;t always need.&lt;br /&gt;
local getArgs, makeMessageBox, lang&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Set constants.&lt;br /&gt;
local CONFIG_MODULE = &#039;モジュール:Protection banner/config&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Helper functions&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort)&lt;br /&gt;
	if cat then&lt;br /&gt;
		return string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
			&#039;[[%s:%s|%s]]&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			mw.site.namespaces[14].name,&lt;br /&gt;
			cat,&lt;br /&gt;
			sort&lt;br /&gt;
		)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Validation function for the expiry and the protection date&lt;br /&gt;
local function validateDate(dateString, dateType)&lt;br /&gt;
	if not lang then&lt;br /&gt;
		lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage()&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local success, result = pcall(lang.formatDate, lang, &#039;U&#039;, dateString)&lt;br /&gt;
	if success then&lt;br /&gt;
		result = tonumber(result)&lt;br /&gt;
		if result then&lt;br /&gt;
			return result&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	error(string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
		&#039;invalid %s: %s&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		dateType,&lt;br /&gt;
		tostring(dateString)&lt;br /&gt;
	), 4)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function makeFullUrl(page, query, display)&lt;br /&gt;
	return string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
		&#039;[%s %s]&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(page, query)),&lt;br /&gt;
		display&lt;br /&gt;
	)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Given a directed graph formatted as node -&amp;gt; table of direct successors,&lt;br /&gt;
-- get a table of all nodes reachable from a given node (though always&lt;br /&gt;
-- including the given node).&lt;br /&gt;
local function getReachableNodes(graph, start)&lt;br /&gt;
	local toWalk, retval = {[start] = true}, {}&lt;br /&gt;
	while true do&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Can&#039;t use pairs() since we&#039;re adding and removing things as we&#039;re iterating&lt;br /&gt;
		local k = next(toWalk) -- This always gets the &amp;quot;first&amp;quot; key&lt;br /&gt;
		if k == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
			return retval&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		toWalk[k] = nil&lt;br /&gt;
		retval[k] = true&lt;br /&gt;
		for _,v in ipairs(graph[k]) do&lt;br /&gt;
			if not retval[v] then&lt;br /&gt;
				toWalk[v] = true&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Protection class&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local Protection = {}&lt;br /&gt;
Protection.__index = Protection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protection.supportedActions = {&lt;br /&gt;
	edit = true,&lt;br /&gt;
	move = true,&lt;br /&gt;
	autoreview = true,&lt;br /&gt;
	upload = true&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protection.bannerConfigFields = {&lt;br /&gt;
	&#039;text&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&#039;explanation&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&#039;tooltip&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&#039;alt&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&#039;link&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&#039;image&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Protection.new(args, cfg, title)&lt;br /&gt;
	local obj = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	obj._cfg = cfg&lt;br /&gt;
	obj.title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set action&lt;br /&gt;
	if not args.action then&lt;br /&gt;
		obj.action = &#039;edit&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif Protection.supportedActions[args.action] then&lt;br /&gt;
		obj.action = args.action&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		error(string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
			&#039;invalid action: %s&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			tostring(args.action)&lt;br /&gt;
		), 3)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set level&lt;br /&gt;
	obj.level = args.demolevel or effectiveProtectionLevel(obj.action, obj.title)&lt;br /&gt;
	if not obj.level or (obj.action == &#039;move&#039; and obj.level == &#039;autoconfirmed&#039;) then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Users need to be autoconfirmed to move pages anyway, so treat&lt;br /&gt;
		-- semi-move-protected pages as unprotected.&lt;br /&gt;
		obj.level = &#039;*&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set expiry&lt;br /&gt;
	local effectiveExpiry = effectiveProtectionExpiry(obj.action, obj.title)&lt;br /&gt;
	if effectiveExpiry == &#039;infinity&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		obj.expiry = &#039;indef&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif effectiveExpiry ~= &#039;unknown&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		obj.expiry = validateDate(effectiveExpiry, &#039;expiry date&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set reason&lt;br /&gt;
	if args[1] then&lt;br /&gt;
		obj.reason = mw.ustring.lower(args[1])&lt;br /&gt;
		if obj.reason:find(&#039;|&#039;) then&lt;br /&gt;
			error(&#039;reasons cannot contain the pipe character (&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;)&#039;, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set protection date&lt;br /&gt;
	if args.date then&lt;br /&gt;
		obj.protectionDate = validateDate(args.date, &#039;protection date&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set banner config&lt;br /&gt;
	do&lt;br /&gt;
		obj.bannerConfig = {}&lt;br /&gt;
		local configTables = {}&lt;br /&gt;
		if cfg.banners[obj.action] then&lt;br /&gt;
			configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.banners[obj.action][obj.reason]&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		if cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action] then&lt;br /&gt;
			configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action][obj.level]&lt;br /&gt;
			configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action].default&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.masterBanner&lt;br /&gt;
		for i, field in ipairs(Protection.bannerConfigFields) do&lt;br /&gt;
			for j, t in ipairs(configTables) do&lt;br /&gt;
				if t[field] then&lt;br /&gt;
					obj.bannerConfig[field] = t[field]&lt;br /&gt;
					break&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return setmetatable(obj, Protection)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Protection:isProtected()&lt;br /&gt;
	return self.level ~= &#039;*&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Protection:isTemporary()&lt;br /&gt;
	return type(self.expiry) == &#039;number&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Protection:makeProtectionCategory()&lt;br /&gt;
	local cfg = self._cfg&lt;br /&gt;
	local title = self.title&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Exit if the page is not protected.&lt;br /&gt;
	if not self:isProtected() then&lt;br /&gt;
		return &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Get the expiry key fragment.&lt;br /&gt;
	local expiryFragment&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.expiry == &#039;indef&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		expiryFragment = self.expiry&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif type(self.expiry) == &#039;number&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		expiryFragment = &#039;temp&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Get the namespace key fragment.&lt;br /&gt;
	local namespaceFragment = cfg.categoryNamespaceKeys[title.namespace]&lt;br /&gt;
	if not namespaceFragment and title.namespace % 2 == 1 then&lt;br /&gt;
			namespaceFragment = &#039;talk&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
	-- Define the order that key fragments are tested in. This is done with an&lt;br /&gt;
	-- array of tables containing the value to be tested, along with its&lt;br /&gt;
	-- position in the cfg.protectionCategories table.&lt;br /&gt;
	local order = {&lt;br /&gt;
		{val = expiryFragment,    keypos = 1},&lt;br /&gt;
		{val = namespaceFragment, keypos = 2},&lt;br /&gt;
		{val = self.reason,       keypos = 3},&lt;br /&gt;
		{val = self.level,        keypos = 4},&lt;br /&gt;
		{val = self.action,       keypos = 5}&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- The old protection templates used an ad-hoc protection category system,&lt;br /&gt;
	-- with some templates prioritising namespaces in their categories, and&lt;br /&gt;
	-- others prioritising the protection reason. To emulate this in this module&lt;br /&gt;
	-- we use the config table cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority to set the&lt;br /&gt;
	-- reasons for which namespaces have priority over protection reason.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- If we are dealing with one of those reasons, move the namespace table to&lt;br /&gt;
	-- the end of the order table, i.e. give it highest priority. If not, the&lt;br /&gt;
	-- reason should have highest priority, so move that to the end of the table&lt;br /&gt;
	-- instead.&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	table.insert(order, table.remove(order, self.reason and cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority[self.reason] and 2 or 3))&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Define the attempt order. Inactive subtables (subtables with nil &amp;quot;value&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- fields) are moved to the end, where they will later be given the key&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &amp;quot;all&amp;quot;. This is to cut down on the number of table lookups in&lt;br /&gt;
	-- cfg.protectionCategories, which grows exponentially with the number of&lt;br /&gt;
	-- non-nil keys. We keep track of the number of active subtables with the&lt;br /&gt;
	-- noActive parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	local noActive, attemptOrder&lt;br /&gt;
	do&lt;br /&gt;
		local active, inactive = {}, {}&lt;br /&gt;
		for i, t in ipairs(order) do&lt;br /&gt;
			if t.val then&lt;br /&gt;
				active[#active + 1] = t&lt;br /&gt;
			else&lt;br /&gt;
				inactive[#inactive + 1] = t&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		noActive = #active&lt;br /&gt;
		attemptOrder = active&lt;br /&gt;
		for i, t in ipairs(inactive) do&lt;br /&gt;
			attemptOrder[#attemptOrder + 1] = t&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Check increasingly generic key combinations until we find a match. If a&lt;br /&gt;
	-- specific category exists for the combination of key fragments we are&lt;br /&gt;
	-- given, that match will be found first. If not, we keep trying different&lt;br /&gt;
	-- key fragment combinations until we match using the key&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &amp;quot;all-all-all-all-all&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
	--&lt;br /&gt;
	-- To generate the keys, we index the key subtables using a binary matrix&lt;br /&gt;
	-- with indexes i and j. j is only calculated up to the number of active&lt;br /&gt;
	-- subtables. For example, if there were three active subtables, the matrix&lt;br /&gt;
	-- would look like this, with 0 corresponding to the key fragment &amp;quot;all&amp;quot;, and&lt;br /&gt;
	-- 1 corresponding to other key fragments.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &lt;br /&gt;
	--   j 1  2  3&lt;br /&gt;
	-- i  &lt;br /&gt;
	-- 1   1  1  1&lt;br /&gt;
	-- 2   0  1  1&lt;br /&gt;
	-- 3   1  0  1&lt;br /&gt;
	-- 4   0  0  1&lt;br /&gt;
	-- 5   1  1  0&lt;br /&gt;
	-- 6   0  1  0&lt;br /&gt;
	-- 7   1  0  0&lt;br /&gt;
	-- 8   0  0  0&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &lt;br /&gt;
	-- Values of j higher than the number of active subtables are set&lt;br /&gt;
	-- to the string &amp;quot;all&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
	--&lt;br /&gt;
	-- A key for cfg.protectionCategories is constructed for each value of i.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- The position of the value in the key is determined by the keypos field in&lt;br /&gt;
	-- each subtable.&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	local cats = cfg.protectionCategories&lt;br /&gt;
	for i = 1, 2^noActive do&lt;br /&gt;
		local key = {}&lt;br /&gt;
		for j, t in ipairs(attemptOrder) do&lt;br /&gt;
			if j &amp;gt; noActive then&lt;br /&gt;
				key[t.keypos] = &#039;all&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			else&lt;br /&gt;
				local quotient = i / 2 ^ (j - 1)&lt;br /&gt;
				quotient = math.ceil(quotient)&lt;br /&gt;
				if quotient % 2 == 1 then&lt;br /&gt;
					key[t.keypos] = t.val&lt;br /&gt;
				else&lt;br /&gt;
					key[t.keypos] = &#039;all&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		key = table.concat(key, &#039;|&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		local attempt = cats[key]&lt;br /&gt;
		if attempt then&lt;br /&gt;
			return makeCategoryLink(attempt, title.text)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Protection:isIncorrect()&lt;br /&gt;
	local expiry = self.expiry&lt;br /&gt;
	return not self:isProtected()&lt;br /&gt;
		or type(expiry) == &#039;number&#039; and expiry &amp;lt; os.time()&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- 日本語版独自&lt;br /&gt;
function Protection:isMismatched()&lt;br /&gt;
	return self.reason == &#039;dispute&#039; and self.level ~= &#039;sysop&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Protection:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate()&lt;br /&gt;
	local action, namespace = self.action, self.title.namespace&lt;br /&gt;
	return self.level == &#039;templateeditor&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		and (&lt;br /&gt;
			(action ~= &#039;edit&#039; and action ~= &#039;move&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			or (namespace ~= 10 and namespace ~= 828)&lt;br /&gt;
		)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Protection:makeCategoryLinks()&lt;br /&gt;
	local msg = self._cfg.msg&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret = { self:makeProtectionCategory() }&lt;br /&gt;
	if self:isIncorrect() then&lt;br /&gt;
		ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink(&lt;br /&gt;
			msg[&#039;tracking-category-incorrect&#039;],&lt;br /&gt;
			self.title.text&lt;br /&gt;
		)&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif self:isMismatched() then&lt;br /&gt;
		ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink(&lt;br /&gt;
			msg[&#039;tracking-category-mismatch&#039;],&lt;br /&gt;
			self.title.text&lt;br /&gt;
		)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if self:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() then&lt;br /&gt;
		ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink(&lt;br /&gt;
			msg[&#039;tracking-category-template&#039;],&lt;br /&gt;
			self.title.text&lt;br /&gt;
		)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return table.concat(ret)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Blurb class&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local Blurb = {}&lt;br /&gt;
Blurb.__index = Blurb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blurb.bannerTextFields = {&lt;br /&gt;
	text = true,&lt;br /&gt;
	explanation = true,&lt;br /&gt;
	tooltip = true,&lt;br /&gt;
	alt = true,&lt;br /&gt;
	link = true&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg)&lt;br /&gt;
	return setmetatable({&lt;br /&gt;
		_cfg = cfg,&lt;br /&gt;
		_protectionObj = protectionObj,&lt;br /&gt;
		_args = args&lt;br /&gt;
	}, Blurb)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Private methods --&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_formatDate(num)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Formats a Unix timestamp into dd Month, YYYY format.&lt;br /&gt;
	lang = lang or mw.language.getContentLanguage()&lt;br /&gt;
	local success, date = pcall(&lt;br /&gt;
		lang.formatDate,&lt;br /&gt;
		lang,&lt;br /&gt;
		self._cfg.msg[&#039;expiry-date-format&#039;] or &#039;j F Y&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		&#039;@&#039; .. tostring(num)&lt;br /&gt;
	)&lt;br /&gt;
	if success then&lt;br /&gt;
		return date&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_getExpandedMessage(msgKey)&lt;br /&gt;
	return self:_substituteParameters(self._cfg.msg[msgKey])&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_substituteParameters(msg)&lt;br /&gt;
	if not self._params then&lt;br /&gt;
		local parameterFuncs = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.CURRENTVERSION     = self._makeCurrentVersionParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.EDITREQUEST        = self._makeEditRequestParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.EXPIRY             = self._makeExpiryParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.EXPLANATIONBLURB   = self._makeExplanationBlurbParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.IMAGELINK          = self._makeImageLinkParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.INTROBLURB         = self._makeIntroBlurbParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.INTROFRAGMENT      = self._makeIntroFragmentParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.PAGETYPE           = self._makePagetypeParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONBLURB    = self._makeProtectionBlurbParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONDATE     = self._makeProtectionDateParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLEVEL    = self._makeProtectionLevelParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLOG      = self._makeProtectionLogParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.TALKPAGE           = self._makeTalkPageParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPBLURB       = self._makeTooltipBlurbParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPFRAGMENT    = self._makeTooltipFragmentParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.VANDAL             = self._makeVandalTemplateParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
		self._params = setmetatable({}, {&lt;br /&gt;
			__index = function (t, k)&lt;br /&gt;
				local param&lt;br /&gt;
				if parameterFuncs[k] then&lt;br /&gt;
					param = parameterFuncs[k](self)&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
				param = param or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				t[k] = param&lt;br /&gt;
				return param&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		})&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	msg = msg:gsub(&#039;${(%u+)}&#039;, self._params)&lt;br /&gt;
	return msg&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makeCurrentVersionParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	-- A link to the page history or the move log, depending on the kind of&lt;br /&gt;
	-- protection.&lt;br /&gt;
	local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText&lt;br /&gt;
	if self._protectionObj.action == &#039;move&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- We need the move log link.&lt;br /&gt;
		return makeFullUrl(&lt;br /&gt;
			&#039;Special:Log&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			{type = &#039;move&#039;, page = pagename},&lt;br /&gt;
			self:_getExpandedMessage(&#039;current-version-move-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		-- We need the history link.&lt;br /&gt;
		return makeFullUrl(&lt;br /&gt;
			pagename,&lt;br /&gt;
			{action = &#039;history&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
			self:_getExpandedMessage(&#039;current-version-edit-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makeEditRequestParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	local mEditRequest = require(&#039;Module:Submit an edit request&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	local action = self._protectionObj.action&lt;br /&gt;
	local level = self._protectionObj.level&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Get the edit request type.&lt;br /&gt;
	local requestType&lt;br /&gt;
	if action == &#039;edit&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		if level == &#039;autoconfirmed&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			requestType = &#039;semi&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif level == &#039;extendedconfirmed&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			requestType = &#039;extended&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif level == &#039;templateeditor&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			requestType = &#039;template&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	requestType = requestType or &#039;full&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Get the display value.&lt;br /&gt;
	local display = self:_getExpandedMessage(&#039;edit-request-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return mEditRequest._link{type = requestType, display = display}&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makeExpiryParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	local expiry = self._protectionObj.expiry&lt;br /&gt;
	if type(expiry) == &#039;number&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return self:_formatDate(expiry)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return expiry&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makeExplanationBlurbParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Cover special cases first.&lt;br /&gt;
	if self._protectionObj.title.namespace == 8 then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- MediaWiki namespace&lt;br /&gt;
		return self:_getExpandedMessage(&#039;explanation-blurb-nounprotect&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Get explanation blurb table keys&lt;br /&gt;
	local action = self._protectionObj.action&lt;br /&gt;
	local level = self._protectionObj.level&lt;br /&gt;
	local talkKey = self._protectionObj.title.isTalkPage and &#039;talk&#039; or &#039;subject&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Find the message in the explanation blurb table and substitute any&lt;br /&gt;
	-- parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
	local explanations = self._cfg.explanationBlurbs&lt;br /&gt;
	local msg&lt;br /&gt;
	if explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level][talkKey] then&lt;br /&gt;
		msg = explanations[action][level][talkKey]&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level].default then&lt;br /&gt;
		msg = explanations[action][level].default&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default[talkKey] then&lt;br /&gt;
		msg = explanations[action].default[talkKey]&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default.default then&lt;br /&gt;
		msg = explanations[action].default.default&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		error(string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
			&#039;could not find explanation blurb for action &amp;quot;%s&amp;quot;, level &amp;quot;%s&amp;quot; and talk key &amp;quot;%s&amp;quot;&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			action,&lt;br /&gt;
			level,&lt;br /&gt;
			talkKey&lt;br /&gt;
		), 8)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return self:_substituteParameters(msg)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makeImageLinkParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	local imageLinks = self._cfg.imageLinks&lt;br /&gt;
	local action = self._protectionObj.action&lt;br /&gt;
	local level = self._protectionObj.level&lt;br /&gt;
	local msg&lt;br /&gt;
	if imageLinks[action][level] then&lt;br /&gt;
		msg = imageLinks[action][level]&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif imageLinks[action].default then&lt;br /&gt;
		msg = imageLinks[action].default&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		msg = imageLinks.edit.default&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return self:_substituteParameters(msg)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makeIntroBlurbParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then&lt;br /&gt;
		return self:_getExpandedMessage(&#039;intro-blurb-expiry&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return self:_getExpandedMessage(&#039;intro-blurb-noexpiry&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makeIntroFragmentParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then&lt;br /&gt;
		return self:_getExpandedMessage(&#039;intro-fragment-expiry&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return self:_getExpandedMessage(&#039;intro-fragment-noexpiry&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makePagetypeParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	local pagetypes = self._cfg.pagetypes&lt;br /&gt;
	return pagetypes[self._protectionObj.title.namespace]&lt;br /&gt;
		or pagetypes.default&lt;br /&gt;
		or error(&#039;no default pagetype defined&#039;, 8)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makeProtectionBlurbParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	local protectionBlurbs = self._cfg.protectionBlurbs&lt;br /&gt;
	local action = self._protectionObj.action&lt;br /&gt;
	local level = self._protectionObj.level&lt;br /&gt;
	local msg&lt;br /&gt;
	if protectionBlurbs[action][level] then&lt;br /&gt;
		msg = protectionBlurbs[action][level]&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif protectionBlurbs[action].default then&lt;br /&gt;
		msg = protectionBlurbs[action].default&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif protectionBlurbs.edit.default then&lt;br /&gt;
		msg = protectionBlurbs.edit.default&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		error(&#039;no protection blurb defined for protectionBlurbs.edit.default&#039;, 8)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return self:_substituteParameters(msg)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makeProtectionDateParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	local protectionDate = self._protectionObj.protectionDate&lt;br /&gt;
	if type(protectionDate) == &#039;number&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return self:_formatDate(protectionDate)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return protectionDate&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makeProtectionLevelParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	local protectionLevels = self._cfg.protectionLevels&lt;br /&gt;
	local action = self._protectionObj.action&lt;br /&gt;
	local level = self._protectionObj.level&lt;br /&gt;
	local msg&lt;br /&gt;
	if protectionLevels[action][level] then&lt;br /&gt;
		msg = protectionLevels[action][level]&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif protectionLevels[action].default then&lt;br /&gt;
		msg = protectionLevels[action].default&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif protectionLevels.edit.default then&lt;br /&gt;
		msg = protectionLevels.edit.default&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		error(&#039;no protection level defined for protectionLevels.edit.default&#039;, 8)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return self:_substituteParameters(msg)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makeProtectionLogParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText&lt;br /&gt;
	if self._protectionObj.action == &#039;autoreview&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- We need the pending changes log.&lt;br /&gt;
		return makeFullUrl(&lt;br /&gt;
			&#039;Special:Log&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			{type = &#039;stable&#039;, page = pagename},&lt;br /&gt;
			self:_getExpandedMessage(&#039;pc-log-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		-- We need the protection log.&lt;br /&gt;
		return makeFullUrl(&lt;br /&gt;
			&#039;Special:Log&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			{type = &#039;protect&#039;, page = pagename},&lt;br /&gt;
			self:_getExpandedMessage(&#039;protection-log-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makeTalkPageParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	return string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
		&#039;[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		mw.site.namespaces[self._protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name,&lt;br /&gt;
		self._protectionObj.title.text,&lt;br /&gt;
		self._args.section or &#039;top&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		self:_getExpandedMessage(&#039;talk-page-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makeTooltipBlurbParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then&lt;br /&gt;
		return self:_getExpandedMessage(&#039;tooltip-blurb-expiry&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return self:_getExpandedMessage(&#039;tooltip-blurb-noexpiry&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makeTooltipFragmentParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then&lt;br /&gt;
		return self:_getExpandedMessage(&#039;tooltip-fragment-expiry&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return self:_getExpandedMessage(&#039;tooltip-fragment-noexpiry&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makeVandalTemplateParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	return require(&#039;Module:Vandal-m&#039;)._main{&lt;br /&gt;
		self._args.user or self._protectionObj.title.baseText&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Public methods --&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:makeBannerText(key)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Validate input.&lt;br /&gt;
	if not key or not Blurb.bannerTextFields[key] then&lt;br /&gt;
		error(string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
			&#039;&amp;quot;%s&amp;quot; is not a valid banner config field&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			tostring(key)&lt;br /&gt;
		), 2)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Generate the text.&lt;br /&gt;
	local msg = self._protectionObj.bannerConfig[key]&lt;br /&gt;
	if type(msg) == &#039;string&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return self:_substituteParameters(msg)&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif type(msg) == &#039;function&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		msg = msg(self._protectionObj, self._args)&lt;br /&gt;
		if type(msg) ~= &#039;string&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			error(string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
				&#039;bad output from banner config function with key &amp;quot;%s&amp;quot;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039; (expected string, got %s)&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				tostring(key),&lt;br /&gt;
				type(msg)&lt;br /&gt;
			), 4)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		return self:_substituteParameters(msg)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- BannerTemplate class&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local BannerTemplate = {}&lt;br /&gt;
BannerTemplate.__index = BannerTemplate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg)&lt;br /&gt;
	local obj = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	obj._cfg = cfg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set the image filename.&lt;br /&gt;
	local imageFilename = protectionObj.bannerConfig.image&lt;br /&gt;
	if imageFilename then&lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
		-- 日本語版独自の条件分岐&lt;br /&gt;
		if type(imageFilename) == &#039;string&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			obj._imageFilename = imageFilename&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif type(imageFilename) == &#039;function&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			obj._imageFilename = imageFilename(protectionObj)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		-- If an image filename isn&#039;t specified explicitly in the banner config,&lt;br /&gt;
		-- generate it from the protection status and the namespace.&lt;br /&gt;
		local action = protectionObj.action&lt;br /&gt;
		local level = protectionObj.level&lt;br /&gt;
		local namespace = protectionObj.title.namespace&lt;br /&gt;
		local reason = protectionObj.reason&lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Deal with special cases first.&lt;br /&gt;
		if (&lt;br /&gt;
			namespace == 10&lt;br /&gt;
			or namespace == 828&lt;br /&gt;
			or reason and obj._cfg.indefImageReasons[reason]&lt;br /&gt;
			)&lt;br /&gt;
			and action == &#039;edit&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			and level == &#039;sysop&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			and not protectionObj:isTemporary()&lt;br /&gt;
		then&lt;br /&gt;
			-- Fully protected modules and templates get the special red &amp;quot;indef&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
			-- padlock.&lt;br /&gt;
			obj._imageFilename = obj._cfg.msg[&#039;image-filename-indef&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			-- Deal with regular protection types.&lt;br /&gt;
			local images = obj._cfg.images&lt;br /&gt;
			if images[action] then&lt;br /&gt;
				if images[action][level] then&lt;br /&gt;
					obj._imageFilename = images[action][level]&lt;br /&gt;
				elseif images[action].default then&lt;br /&gt;
					obj._imageFilename = images[action].default&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return setmetatable(obj, BannerTemplate)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function BannerTemplate:renderImage()&lt;br /&gt;
	local filename = self._imageFilename&lt;br /&gt;
		or self._cfg.msg[&#039;image-filename-default&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
		or &#039;Transparent.gif&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	return makeFileLink{&lt;br /&gt;
		file = filename,&lt;br /&gt;
		size = (self.imageSize or &#039;x20&#039;) .. &#039;px&#039;,	-- 日本語版独自の変更&lt;br /&gt;
		alt = self._imageAlt,&lt;br /&gt;
		link = self._imageLink,&lt;br /&gt;
		caption = self.imageCaption&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Banner class&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local Banner = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate)&lt;br /&gt;
Banner.__index = Banner&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Banner.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg)&lt;br /&gt;
	local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn&#039;t need the blurb.&lt;br /&gt;
	obj.imageSize = 40	-- 日本語版独自の変更: フィールド名&lt;br /&gt;
	obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText(&#039;alt&#039;) -- Large banners use the alt text for the tooltip.&lt;br /&gt;
	obj._reasonText = blurbObj:makeBannerText(&#039;text&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	obj._explanationText = blurbObj:makeBannerText(&#039;explanation&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	obj._page = protectionObj.title.prefixedText -- Only makes a difference in testing.&lt;br /&gt;
	return setmetatable(obj, Banner)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Banner:__tostring()&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Renders the banner.&lt;br /&gt;
	makeMessageBox = makeMessageBox or require(&#039;Module:Message box&#039;).main&lt;br /&gt;
	local reasonText = self._reasonText or error(&#039;no reason text set&#039;, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
	local explanationText = self._explanationText&lt;br /&gt;
	local mbargs = {&lt;br /&gt;
		page = self._page,&lt;br /&gt;
		type = &#039;protection&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		image = self:renderImage(),&lt;br /&gt;
		text = string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
			&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;%s&#039;&#039;&#039;%s&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
			reasonText,&lt;br /&gt;
			explanationText and &#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&#039; .. explanationText or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		)&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
	return makeMessageBox(&#039;mbox&#039;, mbargs)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Padlock class&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local Padlock = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate)&lt;br /&gt;
Padlock.__index = Padlock&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Padlock.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg)&lt;br /&gt;
	local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn&#039;t need the blurb.&lt;br /&gt;
	obj.imageSize = &#039;x20&#039;	-- 日本語版独自の変更: フィールド名、高さのみ指定&lt;br /&gt;
	obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText(&#039;tooltip&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	obj._imageAlt = blurbObj:makeBannerText(&#039;alt&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	obj._imageLink = blurbObj:makeBannerText(&#039;link&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	obj._indicatorName = cfg.padlockIndicatorNames[protectionObj.action]&lt;br /&gt;
		or cfg.padlockIndicatorNames.default&lt;br /&gt;
		or &#039;pp-default&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	return setmetatable(obj, Padlock)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Padlock:__tostring()&lt;br /&gt;
	local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame()&lt;br /&gt;
	-- The nowiki tag helps prevent whitespace at the top of articles.&lt;br /&gt;
	return frame:extensionTag{name = &#039;nowiki&#039;} .. frame:extensionTag{&lt;br /&gt;
		name = &#039;indicator&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		args = {name = self._indicatorName},&lt;br /&gt;
		content = self:renderImage()&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Exports&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local p = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p._exportClasses()&lt;br /&gt;
	-- This is used for testing purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
	return {&lt;br /&gt;
		Protection = Protection,&lt;br /&gt;
		Blurb = Blurb,&lt;br /&gt;
		BannerTemplate = BannerTemplate,&lt;br /&gt;
		Banner = Banner,&lt;br /&gt;
		Padlock = Padlock,&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p._main(args, cfg, title)&lt;br /&gt;
	args = args or {}&lt;br /&gt;
	cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local protectionObj = Protection.new(args, cfg, title)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- If a page&#039;s edit protection is equally or more restrictive than its&lt;br /&gt;
	-- protection from some other action, then don&#039;t bother displaying anything&lt;br /&gt;
	-- for the other action (except categories).&lt;br /&gt;
	if protectionObj.action == &#039;edit&#039; or&lt;br /&gt;
		args.demolevel or&lt;br /&gt;
		not getReachableNodes(&lt;br /&gt;
			cfg.hierarchy,&lt;br /&gt;
			protectionObj.level&lt;br /&gt;
		)[effectiveProtectionLevel(&#039;edit&#039;, protectionObj.title)]&lt;br /&gt;
	then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Initialise the blurb object&lt;br /&gt;
		local blurbObj = Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg)&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Render the banner&lt;br /&gt;
		if protectionObj:isProtected() then&lt;br /&gt;
			ret[#ret + 1] = tostring(&lt;br /&gt;
				(yesno(args.small) and Padlock or Banner)&lt;br /&gt;
				.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg)&lt;br /&gt;
			)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Render the categories&lt;br /&gt;
	if yesno(args.category) ~= false then&lt;br /&gt;
		ret[#ret + 1] = protectionObj:makeCategoryLinks()&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	return table.concat(ret)	&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.main(frame, cfg)&lt;br /&gt;
	cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Find default args, if any.&lt;br /&gt;
	local parent = frame.getParent and frame:getParent()&lt;br /&gt;
	local defaultArgs = parent and cfg.wrappers[parent:getTitle():gsub(&#039;/sandbox$&#039;, &#039;&#039;)]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Find user args, and use the parent frame if we are being called from a&lt;br /&gt;
	-- wrapper template.&lt;br /&gt;
	getArgs = getArgs or require(&#039;Module:Arguments&#039;).getArgs&lt;br /&gt;
	local userArgs = getArgs(frame, {&lt;br /&gt;
		parentOnly = defaultArgs,&lt;br /&gt;
		frameOnly = not defaultArgs&lt;br /&gt;
	})&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Build the args table. User-specified args overwrite default args.&lt;br /&gt;
	local args = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for k, v in pairs(defaultArgs or {}) do&lt;br /&gt;
		args[k] = v&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	for k, v in pairs(userArgs) do&lt;br /&gt;
		args[k] = v&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return p._main(args, cfg)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return p&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:Message_box/ombox.css&amp;diff=143</id>
		<title>モジュール:Message box/ombox.css</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:Message_box/ombox.css&amp;diff=143"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T08:50:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「/* {{pp-template}} */ .ombox { 	margin: 4px 0; 	border-collapse: collapse; 	border: 1px solid #a2a9b1;    /* Default &amp;quot;notice&amp;quot; gray */ 	background-color: var(--background-color-neutral-subtle, #f8f9fa); 	box-sizing: border-box;     color: var(--color-base, #202122); }  /* For the &amp;quot;small=yes&amp;quot; option. */ .ombox.mbox-small { 	font-size: 88%; 	line-height: 1.25em; }  .ombox-speedy { 	border: 2px solid #b32424;    /* Red */ 	background-color: #fee7e6;    /* Pink */ }  .om…」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;/* {{pp-template}} */&lt;br /&gt;
.ombox {&lt;br /&gt;
	margin: 4px 0;&lt;br /&gt;
	border-collapse: collapse;&lt;br /&gt;
	border: 1px solid #a2a9b1;    /* Default &amp;quot;notice&amp;quot; gray */&lt;br /&gt;
	background-color: var(--background-color-neutral-subtle, #f8f9fa);&lt;br /&gt;
	box-sizing: border-box;&lt;br /&gt;
    color: var(--color-base, #202122);&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
/* For the &amp;quot;small=yes&amp;quot; option. */&lt;br /&gt;
.ombox.mbox-small {&lt;br /&gt;
	font-size: 88%;&lt;br /&gt;
	line-height: 1.25em;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.ombox-speedy {&lt;br /&gt;
	border: 2px solid #b32424;    /* Red */&lt;br /&gt;
	background-color: #fee7e6;    /* Pink */&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.ombox-delete {&lt;br /&gt;
	border: 2px solid #b32424;    /* Red */&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.ombox-content {&lt;br /&gt;
	border: 1px solid #f28500;    /* Orange */&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.ombox-style {&lt;br /&gt;
	border: 1px solid #fc3;       /* Yellow */&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.ombox-move {&lt;br /&gt;
	border: 1px solid #9932cc;    /* Purple */&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.ombox-protection {&lt;br /&gt;
	border: 2px solid #a2a9b1;    /* Gray-gold */&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.ombox .mbox-text {&lt;br /&gt;
	border: none;&lt;br /&gt;
	/* @noflip */&lt;br /&gt;
	padding: 0.25em 0.9em;&lt;br /&gt;
	width: 100%;&lt;br /&gt;
	font-size: 90%;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.ombox .mbox-image {&lt;br /&gt;
	border: none;&lt;br /&gt;
	/* @noflip */&lt;br /&gt;
	padding: 2px 0 2px 0.9em;&lt;br /&gt;
	text-align: center;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.ombox .mbox-imageright {&lt;br /&gt;
	border: none;&lt;br /&gt;
	/* @noflip */&lt;br /&gt;
	padding: 2px 0.9em 2px 0;&lt;br /&gt;
	text-align: center;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
/* An empty narrow cell */&lt;br /&gt;
.ombox .mbox-empty-cell {&lt;br /&gt;
	border: none;&lt;br /&gt;
	padding: 0;&lt;br /&gt;
	width: 1px;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.ombox .mbox-invalid-type {&lt;br /&gt;
	text-align: center;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
@media (min-width: 720px) {&lt;br /&gt;
	.ombox {&lt;br /&gt;
		margin: 4px 10%;&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	.ombox.mbox-small {&lt;br /&gt;
		/* @noflip */&lt;br /&gt;
		clear: right;&lt;br /&gt;
		/* @noflip */&lt;br /&gt;
		float: right;&lt;br /&gt;
		/* @noflip */&lt;br /&gt;
		margin: 4px 0 4px 1em;&lt;br /&gt;
		width: 238px;&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
/** T367463 */&lt;br /&gt;
body.skin--responsive table.ombox img {&lt;br /&gt;
	max-width: none !important;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .ombox-speedy {&lt;br /&gt;
	background-color: #310402;    /* Dark red, same hue/saturation as light */&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
@media screen and (prefers-color-scheme: dark) {&lt;br /&gt;
	html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .ombox-speedy {&lt;br /&gt;
		background-color: #310402; /* Dark red, same hue/saturation as light */&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
/* [[Category:テンプレートスタイル]] */&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:Message_box/configuration&amp;diff=142</id>
		<title>モジュール:Message box/configuration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:Message_box/configuration&amp;diff=142"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T08:49:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --                          Message box configuration                         -- --                                                                            -- -- This module contains configuration data for Module:Message box.        -- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------  return { 	ambox = { 		types = { 			speedy = { 				class = &amp;#039;ambox…」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--                          Message box configuration                         --&lt;br /&gt;
--                                                                            --&lt;br /&gt;
-- This module contains configuration data for [[Module:Message box]].        --&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return {&lt;br /&gt;
	ambox = {&lt;br /&gt;
		types = {&lt;br /&gt;
			speedy = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;ambox-speedy&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox warning pn.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			delete = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;ambox-delete&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox warning pn.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			content = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;ambox-content&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox important.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			style = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;ambox-style&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Edit-clear.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			move = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;ambox-move&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Merge-split-transwiki default.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			protection = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;ambox-protection&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			notice = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;ambox-notice&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Information icon4.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			}&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		default                     = &#039;notice&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		allowBlankParams            = {&#039;talk&#039;, &#039;sect&#039;, &#039;date&#039;, &#039;issue&#039;, &#039;fix&#039;, &#039;subst&#039;, &#039;hidden&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
		allowSmall                  = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		smallParam                  = &#039;left&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		smallClass                  = &#039;mbox-small-left&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		substCheck                  = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		classes                     = {&#039;metadata&#039;, &#039;ambox&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
		imageEmptyCell              = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		imageCheckBlank             = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		imageSmallSize              = &#039;20x20px&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		imageCellDiv                = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		useCollapsibleTextFields    = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		imageRightNone              = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		sectionDefault              = &#039;記事&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		allowMainspaceCategories    = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		templateCategory            = &#039;記事メッセージボックス&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		templateCategoryRequireName = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		templateErrorCategory       = &#039;パラメータ指定の無い記事メッセージボックス&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		templateErrorParamsToCheck  = {&#039;issue&#039;, &#039;fix&#039;, &#039;subst&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
		templatestyles              = &#039;Module:Message box/ambox.css&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	cmbox = {&lt;br /&gt;
		types = {&lt;br /&gt;
			speedy = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;cmbox-speedy&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox warning pn.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			delete = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;cmbox-delete&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox warning pn.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			content = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;cmbox-content&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox important.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			style = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;cmbox-style&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Edit-clear.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			move = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;cmbox-move&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Merge-split-transwiki default.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			protection = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;cmbox-protection&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			notice = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;cmbox-notice&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Information icon4.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			}&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		default              = &#039;notice&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		showInvalidTypeError = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		classes              = {&#039;cmbox&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
		imageEmptyCell       = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		templateCategory     = &#039;カテゴリメッセージボックス&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		templatestyles       = &#039;Module:Message box/cmbox.css&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	fmbox = {&lt;br /&gt;
		types = {&lt;br /&gt;
			warning = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;fmbox-warning&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox warning pn.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			editnotice = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;fmbox-editnotice&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Information icon4.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			system = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;fmbox-system&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Information icon4.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			}&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		default              = &#039;system&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		showInvalidTypeError = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		classes              = {&#039;fmbox&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
		imageEmptyCell       = false,&lt;br /&gt;
		imageRightNone       = false,&lt;br /&gt;
		templatestyles       = &#039;Module:Message box/fmbox.css&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	imbox = {&lt;br /&gt;
		types = {&lt;br /&gt;
			speedy = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;imbox-speedy&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox warning pn.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			delete = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;imbox-delete&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox warning pn.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			content = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;imbox-content&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox important.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			style = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;imbox-style&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Edit-clear.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			move = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;imbox-move&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Merge-split-transwiki default.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			protection = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;imbox-protection&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			license = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;imbox-license licensetpl&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Imbox-license.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			[&amp;quot;license-related&amp;quot;] = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;imbox-license&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Imbox-license.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			featured = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;imbox-featured&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Cscr-featured.svg&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				imageNeedsLink = true&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			notice = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;imbox-notice&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Information icon4.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			}&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		default              = &#039;notice&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		showInvalidTypeError = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		classes              = {&#039;imbox&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
		imageEmptyCell       = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		below                = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		templateCategory     = &#039;ファイルメッセージボックス&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		templatestyles       = &#039;Module:Message box/imbox.css&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	ombox = {&lt;br /&gt;
		types = {&lt;br /&gt;
			speedy = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;ombox-speedy&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox warning pn.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			delete = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;ombox-delete&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox warning pn.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			content = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;ombox-content&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox important.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			style = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;ombox-style&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Edit-clear.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			move = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;ombox-move&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Merge-split-transwiki default.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			protection = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;ombox-protection&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			notice = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;ombox-notice&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Information icon4.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			}&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		default              = &#039;notice&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		showInvalidTypeError = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		classes              = {&#039;ombox&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
		allowSmall           = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		imageEmptyCell       = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		imageRightNone       = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		templatestyles       = &#039;Module:Message box/ombox.css&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	tmbox = {&lt;br /&gt;
		types = {&lt;br /&gt;
			speedy = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;tmbox-speedy&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox warning pn.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			delete = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;tmbox-delete&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox warning pn.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			content = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;tmbox-content&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox important.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			style = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;tmbox-style&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Edit-clear.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			move = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;tmbox-move&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Merge-split-transwiki default.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			protection = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;tmbox-protection&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			notice = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;tmbox-notice&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Information icon4.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			}&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		default              = &#039;notice&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		showInvalidTypeError = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		classes              = {&#039;tmbox&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
		allowSmall           = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		imageRightNone       = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		imageEmptyCell       = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		templateCategory     = &#039;ノートページメッセージボックス&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		templatestyles       = &#039;Module:Message box/tmbox.css&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:Message_box&amp;diff=141</id>
		<title>モジュール:Message box</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:Message_box&amp;diff=141"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T08:49:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「require(&amp;#039;strict&amp;#039;) local getArgs local yesno = require(&amp;#039;Module:Yesno&amp;#039;) local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage()  local CONFIG_MODULE = &amp;#039;Module:Message box/configuration&amp;#039; local DEMOSPACES = {talk = &amp;#039;tmbox&amp;#039;, image = &amp;#039;imbox&amp;#039;, file = &amp;#039;imbox&amp;#039;, category = &amp;#039;cmbox&amp;#039;, article = &amp;#039;ambox&amp;#039;, main = &amp;#039;ambox&amp;#039;}  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions ----------------------------------------------------------------------…」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;require(&#039;strict&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
local getArgs&lt;br /&gt;
local yesno = require(&#039;Module:Yesno&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local CONFIG_MODULE = &#039;Module:Message box/configuration&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
local DEMOSPACES = {talk = &#039;tmbox&#039;, image = &#039;imbox&#039;, file = &#039;imbox&#039;, category = &#039;cmbox&#039;, article = &#039;ambox&#039;, main = &#039;ambox&#039;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Helper functions&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function getTitleObject(...)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Get the title object, passing the function through pcall&lt;br /&gt;
	-- in case we are over the expensive function count limit.&lt;br /&gt;
	local success, title = pcall(mw.title.new, ...)&lt;br /&gt;
	if success then&lt;br /&gt;
		return title&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function union(t1, t2)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Returns the union of two arrays.&lt;br /&gt;
	local vals = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for i, v in ipairs(t1) do&lt;br /&gt;
		vals[v] = true&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	for i, v in ipairs(t2) do&lt;br /&gt;
		vals[v] = true&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for k in pairs(vals) do&lt;br /&gt;
		table.insert(ret, k)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	table.sort(ret)&lt;br /&gt;
	return ret&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function getArgNums(args, prefix)&lt;br /&gt;
	local nums = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for k, v in pairs(args) do&lt;br /&gt;
		local num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), &#039;^&#039; .. prefix .. &#039;([1-9]%d*)$&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		if num then&lt;br /&gt;
			table.insert(nums, tonumber(num))&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	table.sort(nums)&lt;br /&gt;
	return nums&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Box class definition&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local MessageBox = {}&lt;br /&gt;
MessageBox.__index = MessageBox&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfg)&lt;br /&gt;
	args = args or {}&lt;br /&gt;
	local obj = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set the title object and the namespace.&lt;br /&gt;
	obj.title = getTitleObject(args.page) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set the config for our box type.&lt;br /&gt;
	obj.cfg = cfg[boxType]&lt;br /&gt;
	if not obj.cfg then&lt;br /&gt;
		local ns = obj.title.namespace&lt;br /&gt;
		-- boxType is &amp;quot;mbox&amp;quot; or invalid input&lt;br /&gt;
		if args.demospace and args.demospace ~= &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			-- implement demospace parameter of mbox&lt;br /&gt;
			local demospace = string.lower(args.demospace)&lt;br /&gt;
			if DEMOSPACES[demospace] then&lt;br /&gt;
				-- use template from DEMOSPACES&lt;br /&gt;
				obj.cfg = cfg[DEMOSPACES[demospace]]&lt;br /&gt;
			elseif string.find( demospace, &#039;talk&#039; ) then&lt;br /&gt;
				-- demo as a talk page&lt;br /&gt;
				obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox&lt;br /&gt;
			else&lt;br /&gt;
				-- default to ombox&lt;br /&gt;
				obj.cfg = cfg.ombox&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif ns == 0 then&lt;br /&gt;
			obj.cfg = cfg.ambox -- main namespace&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif ns == 6 then&lt;br /&gt;
			obj.cfg = cfg.imbox -- file namespace&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif ns == 14 then&lt;br /&gt;
			obj.cfg = cfg.cmbox -- category namespace&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[ns]&lt;br /&gt;
			if nsTable and nsTable.isTalk then&lt;br /&gt;
				obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox -- any talk namespace&lt;br /&gt;
			else&lt;br /&gt;
				obj.cfg = cfg.ombox -- other namespaces or invalid input&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set the arguments, and remove all blank arguments except for the ones&lt;br /&gt;
	-- listed in cfg.allowBlankParams.&lt;br /&gt;
	do&lt;br /&gt;
		local newArgs = {}&lt;br /&gt;
		for k, v in pairs(args) do&lt;br /&gt;
			if v ~= &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
				newArgs[k] = v&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		for i, param in ipairs(obj.cfg.allowBlankParams or {}) do&lt;br /&gt;
			newArgs[param] = args[param]&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		obj.args = newArgs&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Define internal data structure.&lt;br /&gt;
	obj.categories = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	obj.classes = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	-- For lazy loading of [[Module:Category handler]].&lt;br /&gt;
	obj.hasCategories = false&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return setmetatable(obj, MessageBox)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function MessageBox:addCat(ns, cat, sort)&lt;br /&gt;
	if not cat then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if sort then&lt;br /&gt;
		cat = string.format(&#039;[[Category:%s|%s]]&#039;, cat, sort)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		cat = string.format(&#039;[[Category:%s]]&#039;, cat)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	self.hasCategories = true&lt;br /&gt;
	self.categories[ns] = self.categories[ns] or {}&lt;br /&gt;
	table.insert(self.categories[ns], cat)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function MessageBox:addClass(class)&lt;br /&gt;
	if not class then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	table.insert(self.classes, class)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function MessageBox:setParameters()&lt;br /&gt;
	local args = self.args&lt;br /&gt;
	local cfg = self.cfg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Get type data.&lt;br /&gt;
	self.type = args.type&lt;br /&gt;
	local typeData = cfg.types[self.type]&lt;br /&gt;
	self.invalidTypeError = cfg.showInvalidTypeError&lt;br /&gt;
		and self.type&lt;br /&gt;
		and not typeData&lt;br /&gt;
	typeData = typeData or cfg.types[cfg.default]&lt;br /&gt;
	self.typeClass = typeData.class&lt;br /&gt;
	self.typeImage = typeData.image&lt;br /&gt;
	self.typeImageNeedsLink = typeData.imageNeedsLink&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Find if the box has been wrongly substituted.&lt;br /&gt;
	self.isSubstituted = cfg.substCheck and args.subst == &#039;SUBST&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Find whether we are using a small message box.&lt;br /&gt;
	self.isSmall = cfg.allowSmall and (&lt;br /&gt;
		cfg.smallParam and args.small == cfg.smallParam&lt;br /&gt;
		or not cfg.smallParam and yesno(args.small)&lt;br /&gt;
	)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Add attributes, classes and styles.&lt;br /&gt;
	self.id = args.id&lt;br /&gt;
	self.name = args.name&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.name then&lt;br /&gt;
		self:addClass(&#039;box-&#039; .. string.gsub(self.name,&#039; &#039;,&#039;_&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if yesno(args.plainlinks) ~= false then&lt;br /&gt;
		self:addClass(&#039;plainlinks&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	for _, class in ipairs(cfg.classes or {}) do&lt;br /&gt;
		self:addClass(class)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.isSmall then&lt;br /&gt;
		self:addClass(cfg.smallClass or &#039;mbox-small&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	self:addClass(self.typeClass)&lt;br /&gt;
	self:addClass(args.class)&lt;br /&gt;
	self.style = args.style&lt;br /&gt;
	self.attrs = args.attrs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set text style.&lt;br /&gt;
	self.textstyle = args.textstyle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Find if we are on the template page or not. This functionality is only&lt;br /&gt;
	-- used if useCollapsibleTextFields is set, or if both cfg.templateCategory&lt;br /&gt;
	-- and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName are set.&lt;br /&gt;
	self.useCollapsibleTextFields = cfg.useCollapsibleTextFields&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.useCollapsibleTextFields&lt;br /&gt;
		or cfg.templateCategory&lt;br /&gt;
		and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName&lt;br /&gt;
	then&lt;br /&gt;
		if self.name then&lt;br /&gt;
			local templateName = mw.ustring.match(&lt;br /&gt;
				self.name,&lt;br /&gt;
				&#039;^[tT][eE][mM][pP][lL][aA][tT][eE][%s_]*:[%s_]*(.*)$&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			) or self.name&lt;br /&gt;
			templateName = &#039;Template:&#039; .. templateName&lt;br /&gt;
			self.templateTitle = getTitleObject(templateName)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		self.isTemplatePage = self.templateTitle&lt;br /&gt;
			and mw.title.equals(self.title, self.templateTitle)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Process data for collapsible text fields. At the moment these are only&lt;br /&gt;
	-- used in {{ambox}}.&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Get the self.issue value.&lt;br /&gt;
		if self.isSmall and args.smalltext then&lt;br /&gt;
			self.issue = args.smalltext&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			local sect&lt;br /&gt;
			if args.sect == &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
				sect = &#039;This &#039; .. (cfg.sectionDefault or &#039;page&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			elseif type(args.sect) == &#039;string&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
				sect = &#039;This &#039; .. args.sect&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
			local issue = args.issue&lt;br /&gt;
			issue = type(issue) == &#039;string&#039; and issue ~= &#039;&#039; and issue or nil&lt;br /&gt;
			local text = args.text&lt;br /&gt;
			text = type(text) == &#039;string&#039; and text or nil&lt;br /&gt;
			local issues = {}&lt;br /&gt;
			table.insert(issues, sect)&lt;br /&gt;
			table.insert(issues, issue)&lt;br /&gt;
			table.insert(issues, text)&lt;br /&gt;
			self.issue = table.concat(issues, &#039; &#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Get the self.talk value.&lt;br /&gt;
		local talk = args.talk&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Show talk links on the template page or template subpages if the talk&lt;br /&gt;
		-- parameter is blank.&lt;br /&gt;
		if talk == &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			and self.templateTitle&lt;br /&gt;
			and (&lt;br /&gt;
				mw.title.equals(self.templateTitle, self.title)&lt;br /&gt;
				or self.title:isSubpageOf(self.templateTitle)&lt;br /&gt;
			)&lt;br /&gt;
		then&lt;br /&gt;
			talk = &#039;#&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif talk == &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			talk = nil&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		if talk then&lt;br /&gt;
			-- If the talk value is a talk page, make a link to that page. Else&lt;br /&gt;
			-- assume that it&#039;s a section heading, and make a link to the talk&lt;br /&gt;
			-- page of the current page with that section heading.&lt;br /&gt;
			local talkTitle = getTitleObject(talk)&lt;br /&gt;
			local talkArgIsTalkPage = true&lt;br /&gt;
			if not talkTitle or not talkTitle.isTalkPage then&lt;br /&gt;
				talkArgIsTalkPage = false&lt;br /&gt;
				talkTitle = getTitleObject(&lt;br /&gt;
					self.title.text,&lt;br /&gt;
					mw.site.namespaces[self.title.namespace].talk.id&lt;br /&gt;
				)&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
			if talkTitle and talkTitle.exists then&lt;br /&gt;
                local talkText&lt;br /&gt;
                if self.isSmall then&lt;br /&gt;
                    local talkLink = talkArgIsTalkPage and talk or (talkTitle.prefixedText .. &#039;#&#039; .. talk)&lt;br /&gt;
                    talkText = string.format(&#039;([[%s|ノート]])&#039;, talkLink)&lt;br /&gt;
                else&lt;br /&gt;
                    talkText = &#039;関連議論は&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
                    if talkArgIsTalkPage then&lt;br /&gt;
                        talkText = string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
                            &#039;%s [[%s|%s]]に存在するかもしれません。&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
                            talkText,&lt;br /&gt;
                            talk,&lt;br /&gt;
                            talkTitle.prefixedText&lt;br /&gt;
                        )&lt;br /&gt;
                    else&lt;br /&gt;
                        talkText = string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
                            &#039;%s[[%s#%s|ノートページ]]に存在するかもしれません。&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
                            talkText,&lt;br /&gt;
                            talkTitle.prefixedText,&lt;br /&gt;
                            talk&lt;br /&gt;
                        )&lt;br /&gt;
                    end&lt;br /&gt;
                end&lt;br /&gt;
				self.talk = talkText&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Get other values.&lt;br /&gt;
		self.fix = args.fix ~= &#039;&#039; and args.fix or nil&lt;br /&gt;
		local date&lt;br /&gt;
		if args.date and args.date ~= &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			date = args.date&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif args.date == &#039;&#039; and self.isTemplatePage then&lt;br /&gt;
			date = lang:formatDate(&#039;Y年F&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		if date then&lt;br /&gt;
			self.date = string.format(&amp;quot; &amp;lt;span class=&#039;date-container&#039;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;(&amp;lt;span class=&#039;date&#039;&amp;gt;%s&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;quot;, date)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		self.info = args.info&lt;br /&gt;
		if yesno(args.removalnotice) then&lt;br /&gt;
			self.removalNotice = cfg.removalNotice&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set the non-collapsible text field. At the moment this is used by all box&lt;br /&gt;
	-- types other than ambox, and also by ambox when small=yes.&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.isSmall then&lt;br /&gt;
		self.text = args.smalltext or args.text&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		self.text = args.text&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set the below row.&lt;br /&gt;
	self.below = cfg.below and args.below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- General image settings.&lt;br /&gt;
	self.imageCellDiv = not self.isSmall and cfg.imageCellDiv&lt;br /&gt;
	self.imageEmptyCell = cfg.imageEmptyCell&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Left image settings.&lt;br /&gt;
	local imageLeft = self.isSmall and args.smallimage or args.image&lt;br /&gt;
	if cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= &#039;blank&#039; and imageLeft ~= &#039;none&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		or not cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= &#039;none&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	then&lt;br /&gt;
		self.imageLeft = imageLeft&lt;br /&gt;
		if not imageLeft then&lt;br /&gt;
			local imageSize = self.isSmall&lt;br /&gt;
				and (cfg.imageSmallSize or &#039;30x30px&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
				or &#039;40x40px&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			self.imageLeft = string.format(&#039;[[File:%s|%s%s|alt=]]&#039;, self.typeImage&lt;br /&gt;
				or &#039;Information icon4.svg&#039;, imageSize, self.typeImageNeedsLink and &amp;quot;&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;|link=&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Right image settings.&lt;br /&gt;
	local imageRight = self.isSmall and args.smallimageright or args.imageright&lt;br /&gt;
	if not (cfg.imageRightNone and imageRight == &#039;none&#039;) then&lt;br /&gt;
		self.imageRight = imageRight&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- set templatestyles&lt;br /&gt;
	self.base_templatestyles = cfg.templatestyles&lt;br /&gt;
	self.templatestyles = args.templatestyles&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function MessageBox:setMainspaceCategories()&lt;br /&gt;
	local args = self.args&lt;br /&gt;
	local cfg = self.cfg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	if not cfg.allowMainspaceCategories then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local nums = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for _, prefix in ipairs{&#039;cat&#039;, &#039;category&#039;, &#039;all&#039;} do&lt;br /&gt;
		args[prefix .. &#039;1&#039;] = args[prefix]&lt;br /&gt;
		nums = union(nums, getArgNums(args, prefix))&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- The following is roughly equivalent to the old {{Ambox/category}}.&lt;br /&gt;
	local date = args.date&lt;br /&gt;
	date = type(date) == &#039;string&#039; and date&lt;br /&gt;
	local preposition = &#039;/&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	for _, num in ipairs(nums) do&lt;br /&gt;
		local mainCat = args[&#039;cat&#039; .. tostring(num)]&lt;br /&gt;
			or args[&#039;category&#039; .. tostring(num)]&lt;br /&gt;
		local allCat = args[&#039;all&#039; .. tostring(num)]&lt;br /&gt;
		mainCat = type(mainCat) == &#039;string&#039; and mainCat&lt;br /&gt;
		allCat = type(allCat) == &#039;string&#039; and allCat&lt;br /&gt;
		if mainCat and date and date ~= &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			local catTitle = string.format(&#039;%s%s%s&#039;, mainCat, preposition, date)&lt;br /&gt;
			self:addCat(0, catTitle)&lt;br /&gt;
			catTitle = getTitleObject(&#039;Category:&#039; .. catTitle)&lt;br /&gt;
			if not catTitle or not catTitle.exists then&lt;br /&gt;
				self:addCat(0, &#039;貼り付け日が正しくないテンプレートのある記事&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif mainCat and (not date or date == &#039;&#039;) then&lt;br /&gt;
			self:addCat(0, mainCat)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		if allCat then&lt;br /&gt;
			self:addCat(0, allCat)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function MessageBox:setTemplateCategories()&lt;br /&gt;
	local args = self.args&lt;br /&gt;
	local cfg = self.cfg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Add template categories.&lt;br /&gt;
	if cfg.templateCategory then&lt;br /&gt;
		if cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then&lt;br /&gt;
			if self.isTemplatePage then&lt;br /&gt;
				self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory)&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif not self.title.isSubpage then&lt;br /&gt;
			self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Add template error categories.&lt;br /&gt;
	if cfg.templateErrorCategory then&lt;br /&gt;
		local templateErrorCategory = cfg.templateErrorCategory&lt;br /&gt;
		local templateCat, templateSort&lt;br /&gt;
		if not self.name and not self.title.isSubpage then&lt;br /&gt;
			templateCat = templateErrorCategory&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif self.isTemplatePage then&lt;br /&gt;
			local paramsToCheck = cfg.templateErrorParamsToCheck or {}&lt;br /&gt;
			local count = 0&lt;br /&gt;
			for i, param in ipairs(paramsToCheck) do&lt;br /&gt;
				if not args[param] then&lt;br /&gt;
					count = count + 1&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
			if count &amp;gt; 0 then&lt;br /&gt;
				templateCat = templateErrorCategory&lt;br /&gt;
				templateSort = tostring(count)&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
			if self.categoryNums and #self.categoryNums &amp;gt; 0 then&lt;br /&gt;
				templateCat = templateErrorCategory&lt;br /&gt;
				templateSort = &#039;C&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		self:addCat(10, templateCat, templateSort)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function MessageBox:setAllNamespaceCategories()&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set categories for all namespaces.&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.invalidTypeError then&lt;br /&gt;
		local allSort = (self.title.namespace == 0 and &#039;Main:&#039; or &#039;&#039;) .. self.title.prefixedText&lt;br /&gt;
		self:addCat(&#039;all&#039;, &#039;パラメータの修正が必要なメッセージボックス&#039;, allSort)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.isSubstituted then&lt;br /&gt;
		self:addCat(&#039;all&#039;, &#039;正しく置き換えられていないテンプレートがあるページ&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function MessageBox:setCategories()&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.title.namespace == 0 then&lt;br /&gt;
		self:setMainspaceCategories()&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif self.title.namespace == 10 then&lt;br /&gt;
		self:setTemplateCategories()&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	self:setAllNamespaceCategories()&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function MessageBox:renderCategories()&lt;br /&gt;
	if not self.hasCategories then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- No categories added, no need to pass them to Category handler so,&lt;br /&gt;
		-- if it was invoked, it would return the empty string.&lt;br /&gt;
		-- So we shortcut and return the empty string.&lt;br /&gt;
		return &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Convert category tables to strings and pass them through&lt;br /&gt;
	-- [[Module:Category handler]].&lt;br /&gt;
	return require(&#039;Module:Category handler&#039;)._main{&lt;br /&gt;
		main = table.concat(self.categories[0] or {}),&lt;br /&gt;
		template = table.concat(self.categories[10] or {}),&lt;br /&gt;
		all = table.concat(self.categories.all or {}),&lt;br /&gt;
		nocat = self.args.nocat,&lt;br /&gt;
		page = self.args.page&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function MessageBox:export()&lt;br /&gt;
	local root = mw.html.create()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Add the subst check error.&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.isSubstituted and self.name then&lt;br /&gt;
		root:tag(&#039;b&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			:addClass(&#039;error&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			:wikitext(string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
				&#039;テンプレート&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;%s[[Template:%s|%s]]%s&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;が正しく置き換えられませんでした。&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				mw.text.nowiki(&#039;{{&#039;), self.name, self.name, mw.text.nowiki(&#039;}}&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			))&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame()&lt;br /&gt;
	root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{&lt;br /&gt;
		name = &#039;templatestyles&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		args = { src = self.base_templatestyles },&lt;br /&gt;
	})&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Add support for a single custom templatestyles sheet. Undocumented as&lt;br /&gt;
	-- need should be limited and many templates using mbox are substed; we&lt;br /&gt;
	-- don&#039;t want to spread templatestyles sheets around to arbitrary places&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.templatestyles then&lt;br /&gt;
		root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{&lt;br /&gt;
			name = &#039;templatestyles&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			args = { src = self.templatestyles },&lt;br /&gt;
		})&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Create the box table.&lt;br /&gt;
	local boxTable = root:tag(&#039;table&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	boxTable:attr(&#039;id&#039;, self.id or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
	for i, class in ipairs(self.classes or {}) do&lt;br /&gt;
		boxTable:addClass(class or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	boxTable&lt;br /&gt;
		:cssText(self.style or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
		:attr(&#039;role&#039;, &#039;presentation&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.attrs then&lt;br /&gt;
		boxTable:attr(self.attrs)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Add the left-hand image.&lt;br /&gt;
	local row = boxTable:tag(&#039;tr&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.imageLeft then&lt;br /&gt;
		local imageLeftCell = row:tag(&#039;td&#039;):addClass(&#039;mbox-image&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		if self.imageCellDiv then&lt;br /&gt;
			-- If we are using a div, redefine imageLeftCell so that the image&lt;br /&gt;
			-- is inside it. Divs use style=&amp;quot;width: 52px;&amp;quot;, which limits the&lt;br /&gt;
			-- image width to 52px. If any images in a div are wider than that,&lt;br /&gt;
			-- they may overlap with the text or cause other display problems.&lt;br /&gt;
			imageLeftCell = imageLeftCell:tag(&#039;div&#039;):addClass(&#039;mbox-image-div&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		imageLeftCell:wikitext(self.imageLeft or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif self.imageEmptyCell then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Some message boxes define an empty cell if no image is specified, and&lt;br /&gt;
		-- some don&#039;t. The old template code in templates where empty cells are&lt;br /&gt;
		-- specified gives the following hint: &amp;quot;No image. Cell with some width&lt;br /&gt;
		-- or padding necessary for text cell to have 100% width.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
		row:tag(&#039;td&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			:addClass(&#039;mbox-empty-cell&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Add the text.&lt;br /&gt;
	local textCell = row:tag(&#039;td&#039;):addClass(&#039;mbox-text&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- The message box uses advanced text parameters that allow things to be&lt;br /&gt;
		-- collapsible. At the moment, only ambox uses this.&lt;br /&gt;
		textCell:cssText(self.textstyle or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
		local textCellDiv = textCell:tag(&#039;div&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		textCellDiv&lt;br /&gt;
			:addClass(&#039;mbox-text-span&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			:wikitext(self.issue or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
		if (self.talk or self.fix) then&lt;br /&gt;
			textCellDiv:tag(&#039;span&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
				:addClass(&#039;hide-when-compact&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
				:wikitext(self.talk and (&#039; &#039; .. self.talk) or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
				:wikitext(self.fix and (&#039; &#039; .. self.fix) or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		textCellDiv:wikitext(self.date and (&#039; &#039; .. self.date) or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
		if self.info and not self.isSmall then&lt;br /&gt;
			textCellDiv&lt;br /&gt;
				:tag(&#039;span&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
				:addClass(&#039;hide-when-compact&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
				:wikitext(self.info and (&#039; &#039; .. self.info) or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		if self.removalNotice then&lt;br /&gt;
			textCellDiv:tag(&#039;span&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
				:addClass(&#039;hide-when-compact&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
				:tag(&#039;i&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
					:wikitext(string.format(&amp;quot; (%s)&amp;quot;, self.removalNotice))&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Default text formatting - anything goes.&lt;br /&gt;
		textCell&lt;br /&gt;
			:cssText(self.textstyle or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
			:wikitext(self.text or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Add the right-hand image.&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.imageRight then&lt;br /&gt;
		local imageRightCell = row:tag(&#039;td&#039;):addClass(&#039;mbox-imageright&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		if self.imageCellDiv then&lt;br /&gt;
			-- If we are using a div, redefine imageRightCell so that the image&lt;br /&gt;
			-- is inside it.&lt;br /&gt;
			imageRightCell = imageRightCell:tag(&#039;div&#039;):addClass(&#039;mbox-image-div&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		imageRightCell&lt;br /&gt;
			:wikitext(self.imageRight or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Add the below row.&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.below then&lt;br /&gt;
		boxTable:tag(&#039;tr&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			:tag(&#039;td&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
				:attr(&#039;colspan&#039;, self.imageRight and &#039;3&#039; or &#039;2&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
				:addClass(&#039;mbox-text&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
				:cssText(self.textstyle or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
				:wikitext(self.below or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Add error message for invalid type parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.invalidTypeError then&lt;br /&gt;
		root:tag(&#039;div&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			:addClass(&#039;mbox-invalid-type&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			:wikitext(string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
				&#039;このメッセージボックスには無効な&amp;quot;type=%s&amp;quot;というパラメータが指定されているため修正が必要です。&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				self.type or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			))&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Add categories.&lt;br /&gt;
	root:wikitext(self:renderCategories() or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return tostring(root)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Exports&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local p, mt = {}, {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p._exportClasses()&lt;br /&gt;
	-- For testing.&lt;br /&gt;
	return {&lt;br /&gt;
		MessageBox = MessageBox&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.main(boxType, args, cfgTables)&lt;br /&gt;
	local box = MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfgTables or mw.loadData(CONFIG_MODULE))&lt;br /&gt;
	box:setParameters()&lt;br /&gt;
	box:setCategories()&lt;br /&gt;
	return box:export()&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function mt.__index(t, k)&lt;br /&gt;
	return function (frame)&lt;br /&gt;
		if not getArgs then&lt;br /&gt;
			getArgs = require(&#039;Module:Arguments&#039;).getArgs&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		return t.main(k, getArgs(frame, {trim = false, removeBlanks = false}))&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return setmetatable(p, mt)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:Lua_banner&amp;diff=140</id>
		<title>モジュール:Lua banner</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:Lua_banner&amp;diff=140"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T08:48:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「-- {{lua}}というテンプレートで使用されるモジュールです。  local yesno = require(&amp;#039;Module:Yesno&amp;#039;) local mList = require(&amp;#039;Module:List&amp;#039;) local mTableTools = require(&amp;#039;Module:TableTools&amp;#039;) local mMessageBox = require(&amp;#039;Module:Message box&amp;#039;)  local p = {}  function p.main(frame) 	local origArgs = frame:getParent().args 	local args = {} 	for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do 		v = v:match(&amp;#039;^%s*(.-)%s*$&amp;#039;) 		if v ~= &amp;#039;&amp;#039; then 			args[k] = v 		end 	end 	return p._ma…」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;-- {{lua}}というテンプレートで使用されるモジュールです。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local yesno = require(&#039;Module:Yesno&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
local mList = require(&#039;Module:List&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
local mTableTools = require(&#039;Module:TableTools&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
local mMessageBox = require(&#039;Module:Message box&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local p = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.main(frame)&lt;br /&gt;
	local origArgs = frame:getParent().args&lt;br /&gt;
	local args = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do&lt;br /&gt;
		v = v:match(&#039;^%s*(.-)%s*$&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		if v ~= &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			args[k] = v&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return p._main(args)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p._main(args)&lt;br /&gt;
	local modules = mTableTools.compressSparseArray(args)&lt;br /&gt;
	local box = p.renderBox(modules)&lt;br /&gt;
	local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args, modules)&lt;br /&gt;
	return box .. trackingCategories&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.renderBox(modules)&lt;br /&gt;
	local boxArgs = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	if #modules &amp;lt; 1 then&lt;br /&gt;
		boxArgs.text = &#039;&amp;lt;strong class=&amp;quot;error&amp;quot;&amp;gt;エラー: モジュール名が指定されていません&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		local moduleLinks = {}&lt;br /&gt;
		for i, module in ipairs(modules) do&lt;br /&gt;
			moduleLinks[i] = string.format(&#039;[[:%s]]&#039;, module)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		local moduleList = mList.makeList(&#039;bulleted&#039;, moduleLinks)&lt;br /&gt;
		boxArgs.text = &#039;[[Wikipedia:Lua|Lua]]モジュールを使用しています:&#039; .. moduleList&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	boxArgs.type = &#039;notice&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	boxArgs.small = true&lt;br /&gt;
	boxArgs.image = &#039;[[File:Lua-logo-nolabel.svg|30px|alt=Lua logo|link=Wikipedia:Lua]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	return mMessageBox.main(&#039;mbox&#039;, boxArgs)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.renderTrackingCategories(args, modules, titleObj)&lt;br /&gt;
	if yesno(args.nocat) then&lt;br /&gt;
		return &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	local cats = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Error category&lt;br /&gt;
	if #modules &amp;lt; 1 then&lt;br /&gt;
		cats[#cats + 1] = &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Lua templates category&lt;br /&gt;
	titleObj = titleObj or mw.title.getCurrentTitle()&lt;br /&gt;
	local subpageBlacklist = {&lt;br /&gt;
		doc = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		sandbox = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		sandbox2 = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		testcases = true&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
	if titleObj.namespace == 10 &lt;br /&gt;
		and not subpageBlacklist[titleObj.subpageText]&lt;br /&gt;
	then&lt;br /&gt;
		local category = args.category&lt;br /&gt;
		if not category then&lt;br /&gt;
			--[[&lt;br /&gt;
			local categories = {&lt;br /&gt;
				[&#039;Module:String&#039;] = &#039;&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				[&#039;Module:Math&#039;] = &#039;&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				[&#039;Module:BaseConvert&#039;] = &#039;&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				[&#039;Module:Citation&#039;] = &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			}&lt;br /&gt;
			categories[&#039;Module:Citation/CS1&#039;] = categories[&#039;Module:Citation&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
			category = modules[1] and categories[modules[1]]&lt;br /&gt;
			--]]&lt;br /&gt;
			category = category or &#039;Luaを利用するテンプレート&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		cats[#cats + 1] = category&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	for i, cat in ipairs(cats) do&lt;br /&gt;
		cats[i] = string.format(&#039;[[Category:%s]]&#039;, cat)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return table.concat(cats)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return p&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:List&amp;diff=139</id>
		<title>モジュール:List</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:List&amp;diff=139"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T08:47:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「local libUtil = require(&amp;#039;libraryUtil&amp;#039;) local checkType = libUtil.checkType local mTableTools = require(&amp;#039;Module:TableTools&amp;#039;)  local p = {}  local listTypes = { 	[&amp;#039;bulleted&amp;#039;] = true, 	[&amp;#039;unbulleted&amp;#039;] = true, 	[&amp;#039;horizontal&amp;#039;] = true, 	[&amp;#039;ordered&amp;#039;] = true, 	[&amp;#039;horizontal_ordered&amp;#039;] = true }  function p.makeListData(listType, args) 	-- Constructs a data table to be passed to p.renderList. 	local data = {}  	-- Classes and TemplateStyles 	data.classes = {} 	data.templatestyles…」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;local libUtil = require(&#039;libraryUtil&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
local checkType = libUtil.checkType&lt;br /&gt;
local mTableTools = require(&#039;Module:TableTools&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local p = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local listTypes = {&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;bulleted&#039;] = true,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;unbulleted&#039;] = true,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;horizontal&#039;] = true,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;ordered&#039;] = true,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;horizontal_ordered&#039;] = true&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.makeListData(listType, args)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Constructs a data table to be passed to p.renderList.&lt;br /&gt;
	local data = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Classes and TemplateStyles&lt;br /&gt;
	data.classes = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	data.templatestyles = &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	if listType == &#039;horizontal&#039; or listType == &#039;horizontal_ordered&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		table.insert(data.classes, &#039;hlist&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		data.templatestyles = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{&lt;br /&gt;
			name = &#039;templatestyles&#039;, args = { src = &#039;Hlist/styles.css&#039; }&lt;br /&gt;
		}&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif listType == &#039;unbulleted&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		table.insert(data.classes, &#039;plainlist&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		data.templatestyles = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{&lt;br /&gt;
			name = &#039;templatestyles&#039;, args = { src = &#039;Plainlist/styles.css&#039; }&lt;br /&gt;
		}&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	table.insert(data.classes, args.class)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Main div style&lt;br /&gt;
	data.style = args.style&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Indent for horizontal lists&lt;br /&gt;
	if listType == &#039;horizontal&#039; or listType == &#039;horizontal_ordered&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		local indent = tonumber(args.indent)&lt;br /&gt;
		indent = indent and indent * 1.6 or 0&lt;br /&gt;
		if indent &amp;gt; 0 then&lt;br /&gt;
			data.marginLeft = indent .. &#039;em&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- List style types for ordered lists&lt;br /&gt;
	-- This could be &amp;quot;1, 2, 3&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;a, b, c&amp;quot;, or a number of others. The list style&lt;br /&gt;
	-- type is either set by the &amp;quot;type&amp;quot; attribute or the &amp;quot;list-style-type&amp;quot; CSS&lt;br /&gt;
	-- property.&lt;br /&gt;
	if listType == &#039;ordered&#039; or listType == &#039;horizontal_ordered&#039; then &lt;br /&gt;
		data.listStyleType = args.list_style_type or args[&#039;list-style-type&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
		data.type = args[&#039;type&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Detect invalid type attributes and attempt to convert them to&lt;br /&gt;
		-- list-style-type CSS properties.&lt;br /&gt;
		if data.type &lt;br /&gt;
			and not data.listStyleType&lt;br /&gt;
			and not tostring(data.type):find(&#039;^%s*[1AaIi]%s*$&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		then&lt;br /&gt;
			data.listStyleType = data.type&lt;br /&gt;
			data.type = nil&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- List tag type&lt;br /&gt;
	if listType == &#039;ordered&#039; or listType == &#039;horizontal_ordered&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		data.listTag = &#039;ol&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		data.listTag = &#039;ul&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Start number for ordered lists&lt;br /&gt;
	data.start = args.start&lt;br /&gt;
	if listType == &#039;horizontal_ordered&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Apply fix to get start numbers working with horizontal ordered lists.&lt;br /&gt;
		local startNum = tonumber(data.start)&lt;br /&gt;
		if startNum then&lt;br /&gt;
			data.counterReset = &#039;listitem &#039; .. tostring(startNum)&lt;br /&gt;
			data.counterIncrement = &#039;listitem -1&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- List style&lt;br /&gt;
	 -- ul_style and ol_style are included for backwards compatibility. No&lt;br /&gt;
	 -- distinction is made for ordered or unordered lists.&lt;br /&gt;
	data.listStyle = args.list_style&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- List items&lt;br /&gt;
	-- li_style is included for backwards compatibility. item_style was included&lt;br /&gt;
	-- to be easier to understand for non-coders.&lt;br /&gt;
	data.itemStyle = args.item_style or args.li_style&lt;br /&gt;
	data.items = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for _, num in ipairs(mTableTools.numKeys(args)) do&lt;br /&gt;
		local item = {}&lt;br /&gt;
		item.content = args[num]&lt;br /&gt;
		item.style = args[&#039;item&#039; .. tostring(num) .. &#039;_style&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
			or args[&#039;item_style&#039; .. tostring(num)]&lt;br /&gt;
		item.value = args[&#039;item&#039; .. tostring(num) .. &#039;_value&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
			or args[&#039;item_value&#039; .. tostring(num)]&lt;br /&gt;
		if item.value ~= nil then&lt;br /&gt;
			item.style = &#039;counter-reset: listitem &#039; .. item.value .. &#039;;counter-increment: none;&#039; .. ((item.style) or &#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		table.insert(data.items, item)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	return data&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.renderList(data)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Renders the list HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Return the blank string if there are no list items.&lt;br /&gt;
	if type(data.items) ~= &#039;table&#039; or #data.items &amp;lt; 1 then&lt;br /&gt;
		return &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Render the main div tag.&lt;br /&gt;
	local root = mw.html.create(&#039;div&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	for _, class in ipairs(data.classes or {}) do&lt;br /&gt;
		root:addClass(class)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	root:css{[&#039;margin-left&#039;] = data.marginLeft}&lt;br /&gt;
	if data.style then&lt;br /&gt;
		root:cssText(data.style)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Render the list tag.&lt;br /&gt;
	local list = root:tag(data.listTag or &#039;ul&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	list&lt;br /&gt;
		:attr{start = data.start, type = data.type}&lt;br /&gt;
		:css{&lt;br /&gt;
			[&#039;counter-reset&#039;] = data.counterReset,&lt;br /&gt;
			[&#039;counter-increment&#039;] = data.counterIncrement,&lt;br /&gt;
			[&#039;list-style-type&#039;] = data.listStyleType&lt;br /&gt;
		}&lt;br /&gt;
	if data.listStyle then&lt;br /&gt;
		list:cssText(data.listStyle)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Render the list items&lt;br /&gt;
	for _, t in ipairs(data.items or {}) do&lt;br /&gt;
		local item = list:tag(&#039;li&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		if data.itemStyle then&lt;br /&gt;
			item:cssText(data.itemStyle)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		if t.style then&lt;br /&gt;
			item:cssText(t.style)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		item&lt;br /&gt;
			:attr{value = t.value}&lt;br /&gt;
			:wikitext(t.content)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return data.templatestyles .. tostring(root)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.renderTrackingCategories(args)&lt;br /&gt;
	local isDeprecated = false -- Tracks deprecated parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
	for k, v in pairs(args) do&lt;br /&gt;
		k = tostring(k)&lt;br /&gt;
		if k:find(&#039;^item_style%d+$&#039;) or k:find(&#039;^item_value%d+$&#039;) then&lt;br /&gt;
			isDeprecated = true&lt;br /&gt;
			break&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret = &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	if isDeprecated then&lt;br /&gt;
		ret = ret .. &#039;[[Category:List templates with deprecated parameters]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return ret&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.makeList(listType, args)&lt;br /&gt;
	if not listType or not listTypes[listType] then&lt;br /&gt;
		error(string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
			&amp;quot;bad argument #1 to &#039;makeList&#039; (&#039;%s&#039; is not a valid list type)&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
			tostring(listType)&lt;br /&gt;
		), 2)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;makeList&#039;, 2, args, &#039;table&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	local data = p.makeListData(listType, args)&lt;br /&gt;
	local list = p.renderList(data)&lt;br /&gt;
	local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args)&lt;br /&gt;
	return list .. trackingCategories&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
for listType in pairs(listTypes) do&lt;br /&gt;
	p[listType] = function (frame)&lt;br /&gt;
		local mArguments = require(&#039;Module:Arguments&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		local origArgs = mArguments.getArgs(frame, {&lt;br /&gt;
			valueFunc = function (key, value)&lt;br /&gt;
			if not value or not mw.ustring.find(value, &#039;%S&#039;) then return nil end&lt;br /&gt;
			if mw.ustring.find(value, &#039;^%s*[%*#;:]&#039;) then&lt;br /&gt;
				return value&lt;br /&gt;
			else&lt;br /&gt;
				return value:match(&#039;^%s*(.-)%s*$&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
			return nil&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		})&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Copy all the arguments to a new table, for faster indexing.&lt;br /&gt;
		local args = {}&lt;br /&gt;
		for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do&lt;br /&gt;
			args[k] = v&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		return p.makeList(listType, args)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return p&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:File_link&amp;diff=138</id>
		<title>モジュール:File link</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:File_link&amp;diff=138"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T08:47:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「-- This module provides a library for formatting file wikilinks.  local yesno = require(&amp;#039;Module:Yesno&amp;#039;) local checkType = require(&amp;#039;libraryUtil&amp;#039;).checkType  local p = {}  function p._main(args) 	checkType(&amp;#039;_main&amp;#039;, 1, args, &amp;#039;table&amp;#039;)  	-- This is basically libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg, but we are rolling our 	-- own function to get the right error level. 	local function checkArg(key, val, level) 		if type(val) ~= &amp;#039;string&amp;#039; then 			error(string.format( 				&amp;quot;&amp;#039;_main&amp;#039;…」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;-- This module provides a library for formatting file wikilinks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local yesno = require(&#039;Module:Yesno&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
local checkType = require(&#039;libraryUtil&#039;).checkType&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local p = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p._main(args)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;_main&#039;, 1, args, &#039;table&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- This is basically libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg, but we are rolling our&lt;br /&gt;
	-- own function to get the right error level.&lt;br /&gt;
	local function checkArg(key, val, level)&lt;br /&gt;
		if type(val) ~= &#039;string&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			error(string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
				&amp;quot;&#039;_main&#039;関数における&#039;%s&#039;引数のタイプエラー（想定：文字列、実際：%s）&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
				key, type(val)&lt;br /&gt;
			), level)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Adds a positional parameter to the buffer.&lt;br /&gt;
	local function addPositional(key)&lt;br /&gt;
		local val = args[key]&lt;br /&gt;
		if not val then&lt;br /&gt;
			return nil&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		checkArg(key, val, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
		ret[#ret + 1] = val&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Adds a named parameter to the buffer. We assume that the parameter name&lt;br /&gt;
	-- is the same as the argument key.&lt;br /&gt;
	local function addNamed(key)&lt;br /&gt;
		local val = args[key]&lt;br /&gt;
		if not val then&lt;br /&gt;
			return nil&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		checkArg(key, val, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
		ret[#ret + 1] = key .. &#039;=&#039; .. val&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Filename&lt;br /&gt;
	checkArg(&#039;file&#039;, args.file, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
	ret[#ret + 1] = &#039;File:&#039; .. args.file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Format&lt;br /&gt;
	if args.format then&lt;br /&gt;
		checkArg(&#039;format&#039;, args.format)&lt;br /&gt;
		if args.formatfile then&lt;br /&gt;
			checkArg(&#039;formatfile&#039;, args.formatfile)&lt;br /&gt;
			ret[#ret + 1] = args.format .. &#039;=&#039; .. args.formatfile&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			ret[#ret + 1] = args.format&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Border&lt;br /&gt;
	if yesno(args.border) then&lt;br /&gt;
		ret[#ret + 1] = &#039;border&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	addPositional(&#039;location&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	addPositional(&#039;alignment&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	addPositional(&#039;size&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	addNamed(&#039;upright&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	addNamed(&#039;link&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	addNamed(&#039;alt&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	addNamed(&#039;page&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	addNamed(&#039;class&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	addNamed(&#039;lang&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	addNamed(&#039;start&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	addNamed(&#039;end&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	addNamed(&#039;thumbtime&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	addPositional(&#039;caption&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return string.format(&#039;[[%s]]&#039;, table.concat(ret, &#039;|&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.main(frame)&lt;br /&gt;
	local origArgs = require(&#039;Module:Arguments&#039;).getArgs(frame, {&lt;br /&gt;
		wrappers = &#039;Template:File link&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	})&lt;br /&gt;
	if not origArgs.file then&lt;br /&gt;
		error(&amp;quot;[[Template:File link]]のエラー: &#039;file&#039;引数が未入力です&amp;quot;, 0)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Copy the arguments that were passed to a new table to avoid looking up&lt;br /&gt;
	-- every possible parameter in the frame object.&lt;br /&gt;
	local args = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Make _BLANK a special argument to add a blank parameter. For use in&lt;br /&gt;
		-- conditional templates etc. it is useful for blank arguments to be&lt;br /&gt;
		-- ignored, but we still need a way to specify them so that we can do&lt;br /&gt;
		-- things like [[File:Example.png|link=]].&lt;br /&gt;
		if v == &#039;_BLANK&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			v = &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		args[k] = v&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return p._main(args)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return p&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:Effective_protection_level&amp;diff=137</id>
		<title>モジュール:Effective protection level</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:Effective_protection_level&amp;diff=137"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T08:46:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「local p = {}  -- Returns the permission required to perform a given action on a given title. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) 	local title 	if type(pagename) == &amp;#039;table&amp;#039; and pagename.prefixedText then 		title = pagename 	elseif pagename then 		title = mw.title.new(pagename) 	else 		title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() 	end 	pagename = title.prefixedText 	if action == &amp;#039;autoreview&amp;#039; then 		local…」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;local p = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Returns the permission required to perform a given action on a given title.&lt;br /&gt;
-- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used.&lt;br /&gt;
function p._main(action, pagename)&lt;br /&gt;
	local title&lt;br /&gt;
	if type(pagename) == &#039;table&#039; and pagename.prefixedText then&lt;br /&gt;
		title = pagename&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif pagename then&lt;br /&gt;
		title = mw.title.new(pagename)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	pagename = title.prefixedText&lt;br /&gt;
	if action == &#039;autoreview&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		local level = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title)&lt;br /&gt;
		level = level and level.autoreview&lt;br /&gt;
		if level == &#039;review&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			return &#039;reviewer&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif level ~= &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			return level&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			return nil -- not &#039;*&#039;. a page not being PC-protected is distinct from it being PC-protected with anyone able to review. also not &#039;&#039;, as that would mean PC-protected but nobody can review&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif action ~= &#039;edit&#039; and action ~= &#039;move&#039; and action ~= &#039;create&#039; and action ~= &#039;upload&#039; and action ~= &#039;undelete&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		error( &#039;第1引数にはedit、move、create、upload、undelete、autoreviewのどれかを指定してください&#039;, 2 )&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace&lt;br /&gt;
		if title.text:sub(-3) == &#039;.js&#039; or title.text:sub(-4) == &#039;.css&#039; or title.contentModel == &#039;javascript&#039; or title.contentModel == &#039;css&#039; then -- site JS or CSS page&lt;br /&gt;
			return &#039;interfaceadmin&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		else -- any non-JS/CSS MediaWiki page&lt;br /&gt;
			return &#039;sysop&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif title.namespace == 2 and title.isSubpage then&lt;br /&gt;
		if title.contentModel == &#039;javascript&#039; or title.contentModel == &#039;css&#039; then -- user JS or CSS page&lt;br /&gt;
			return &#039;interfaceadmin&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif title.contentModel == &#039;json&#039; then -- user JSON page&lt;br /&gt;
			return &#039;sysop&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if action == &#039;undelete&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return &#039;eliminator&#039; -- 英語版では&#039;sysop&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local level = title.protectionLevels[action] and title.protectionLevels[action][1]&lt;br /&gt;
	if level == &#039;sysop&#039; or level == &#039;editprotected&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return &#039;sysop&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action] and title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action][1] then -- used by a cascading-protected page&lt;br /&gt;
		return &#039;sysop&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif level == &#039;templateeditor&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return &#039;templateeditor&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif action == &#039;move&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test(&#039;edit&#039;, pagename) -- Testing action edit is correct, since this is for the source page. The target page name gets tested with action move.&lt;br /&gt;
		if blacklistentry and not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then&lt;br /&gt;
			return &#039;templateeditor&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif title.namespace == 6 then&lt;br /&gt;
			return &#039;eliminator&#039; -- 英語版では&#039;filemover&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif level == &#039;extendedconfirmed&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			return &#039;extendedconfirmed&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			return &#039;autoconfirmed&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test(action, pagename)&lt;br /&gt;
	if blacklistentry then&lt;br /&gt;
		if not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then&lt;br /&gt;
			return &#039;sysop&#039; -- 英語版では&#039;templateeditor&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif level == &#039;extendedconfirmed&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			return &#039;extendedconfirmed&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			return &#039;autoconfirmed&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif level == &#039;editsemiprotected&#039; then -- create-semiprotected pages return this for some reason&lt;br /&gt;
		return &#039;autoconfirmed&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif level then&lt;br /&gt;
		return level&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif action == &#039;upload&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return &#039;autoconfirmed&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- 英語版とは異なり、日本語版では現在のところIPユーザーでも記事等を作成可能なので、以下はコメントアウト&lt;br /&gt;
	-- elseif action == &#039;create&#039; and title.namespace % 2 == 0 and title.namespace ~= 118 then -- You need to be registered, but not autoconfirmed, to create non-talk pages other than drafts&lt;br /&gt;
	-- return &#039;user&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return &#039;*&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k)&lt;br /&gt;
	return function(frame)&lt;br /&gt;
		return t._main(k, frame.args[1])&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end })&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return p&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:Effective_protection_expiry&amp;diff=136</id>
		<title>モジュール:Effective protection expiry</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:Effective_protection_expiry&amp;diff=136"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T08:45:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「local p = {}  -- Returns the expiry of a restriction of an action on a given title, or unknown if it cannot be known. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) 	local title 	if type(pagename) == &amp;#039;table&amp;#039; and pagename.prefixedText then 		title = pagename 	elseif pagename then 		title = mw.title.new(pagename) 	else 		title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() 	end 	pagename = title.prefixedText 	if action ==…」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;local p = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Returns the expiry of a restriction of an action on a given title, or unknown if it cannot be known.&lt;br /&gt;
-- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used.&lt;br /&gt;
function p._main(action, pagename)&lt;br /&gt;
	local title&lt;br /&gt;
	if type(pagename) == &#039;table&#039; and pagename.prefixedText then&lt;br /&gt;
		title = pagename&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif pagename then&lt;br /&gt;
		title = mw.title.new(pagename)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	pagename = title.prefixedText&lt;br /&gt;
	if action == &#039;autoreview&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		local stabilitySettings = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title)&lt;br /&gt;
		return stabilitySettings and stabilitySettings.expiry or &#039;unknown&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif action ~= &#039;edit&#039; and action ~= &#039;move&#039; and action ~= &#039;create&#039; and action ~= &#039;upload&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		error( &#039;第1引数にはedit、move、create、upload、autoreviewのどれかを指定してください&#039;, 2 )&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local rawExpiry = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction(&#039;PROTECTIONEXPIRY&#039;, action, pagename)&lt;br /&gt;
	if rawExpiry == &#039;infinity&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return &#039;infinity&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif rawExpiry == &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return &#039;unknown&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		local year, month, day, hour, minute, second = rawExpiry:match(&lt;br /&gt;
			&#039;^(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)$&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		)&lt;br /&gt;
		if year then&lt;br /&gt;
			return string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
				&#039;%s-%s-%sT%s:%s:%s&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				year, month, day, hour, minute, second&lt;br /&gt;
			)&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			error(&#039;[[モジュール:Effective protection expiry]]のエラー; 有効期限のタイムスタンプの書式が不正です&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k)&lt;br /&gt;
	return function(frame)&lt;br /&gt;
		return t._main(k, frame.args[1])&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end })&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return p&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:Documentation/styles.css&amp;diff=135</id>
		<title>モジュール:Documentation/styles.css</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:Documentation/styles.css&amp;diff=135"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T08:44:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「/* {{pp|small=yes}} */ .documentation, .documentation-metadata { 	border: 1px solid var( --border-color-base, #a2a9b1 ); 	background-color: #ecfcf4; 	clear: both; }  .documentation { 	margin: 1em 0 0 0; 	padding: 1em; }  .documentation-metadata { 	margin: 0.2em 0; /* same margin left-right as .documentation */     font-style: italic;     padding: 0.4em 1em; /* same padding left-right as .documentation */ }  .documentation-startbox { 	padding-bottom: 3px; 	border-bot…」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;/* {{pp|small=yes}} */&lt;br /&gt;
.documentation,&lt;br /&gt;
.documentation-metadata {&lt;br /&gt;
	border: 1px solid var( --border-color-base, #a2a9b1 );&lt;br /&gt;
	background-color: #ecfcf4;&lt;br /&gt;
	clear: both;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.documentation {&lt;br /&gt;
	margin: 1em 0 0 0;&lt;br /&gt;
	padding: 1em;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.documentation-metadata {&lt;br /&gt;
	margin: 0.2em 0; /* same margin left-right as .documentation */&lt;br /&gt;
    font-style: italic;&lt;br /&gt;
    padding: 0.4em 1em; /* same padding left-right as .documentation */&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.documentation-startbox {&lt;br /&gt;
	padding-bottom: 3px;&lt;br /&gt;
	border-bottom: 1px solid var( --border-color-base, #a2a9b1 );&lt;br /&gt;
	margin-bottom: 1ex;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.documentation-heading {&lt;br /&gt;
	font-weight: bold;&lt;br /&gt;
	font-size: 125%;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.documentation-clear { /* Don&#039;t want things to stick out where they shouldn&#039;t. */&lt;br /&gt;
	clear: both;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.documentation-toolbar {&lt;br /&gt;
	font-style: normal;&lt;br /&gt;
	font-size: 85%;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
@media screen {&lt;br /&gt;
    html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .documentation,&lt;br /&gt;
	html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .documentation-metadata {&lt;br /&gt;
	    background-color: #0b1e1c;&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
@media screen and ( prefers-color-scheme: dark ) {&lt;br /&gt;
    html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .documentation,&lt;br /&gt;
    html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .documentation-metadata {&lt;br /&gt;
        background-color: #0b1e1c;&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
/* [[カテゴリ:テンプレートスタイル]] */&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:Documentation/config&amp;diff=134</id>
		<title>モジュール:Documentation/config</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:Documentation/config&amp;diff=134"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T08:42:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- --                               Configuration for Module:Documentation -- -- Here you can set the values of the parameters and messages used in Module:Documentation to -- localise it to your wiki and your language. Unless specified otherwise, values given here -- should be string values. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------…」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
--                               Configuration for Module:Documentation&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- Here you can set the values of the parameters and messages used in Module:Documentation to&lt;br /&gt;
-- localise it to your wiki and your language. Unless specified otherwise, values given here&lt;br /&gt;
-- should be string values.&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local cfg = {} -- Do not edit this line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Protection template configuration&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;protection-reason-edit&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The protection reason for edit-protected templates to pass to&lt;br /&gt;
-- [[Module:Protection banner]].&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;protection-reason-edit&#039;] = &#039;template&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Sandbox notice configuration&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- On sandbox pages the module can display a template notifying users that the current page is a&lt;br /&gt;
-- sandbox, and the location of test cases pages, etc. The module decides whether the page is a&lt;br /&gt;
-- sandbox or not based on the value of cfg[&#039;sandbox-subpage&#039;]. The following settings configure the&lt;br /&gt;
-- messages that the notices contains.&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-image&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The image displayed in the sandbox notice.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-image&#039;] = &#039;[[File:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-pagetype-template&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-pagetype-module&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-pagetype-other&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The page type of the sandbox page. The message that is displayed depends on the current subject&lt;br /&gt;
-- namespace. This message is used in either cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-blurb&#039;] or&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-diff-blurb&#039;].&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-pagetype-template&#039;] = &#039;[[Wikipedia:テンプレートのサンドボックスとテストケース|テンプレート・サンドボックス]]ページ&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-pagetype-module&#039;] = &#039;[[Wikipedia:テンプレートのサンドボックスとテストケース|モジュール・サンドボックス]]ページ&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-pagetype-other&#039;] = &#039;サンドボックス・ページ&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-blurb&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-diff-blurb&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-diff-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Either cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-blurb&#039;] or cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-diff-blurb&#039;] is the opening sentence&lt;br /&gt;
-- of the sandbox notice. The latter has a diff link, but the former does not. $1 is the page&lt;br /&gt;
-- type, which is either cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-pagetype-template&#039;],&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-pagetype-module&#039;] or cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-pagetype-other&#039;] depending what&lt;br /&gt;
-- namespace we are in. $2 is a link to the main template page, and $3 is a diff link between&lt;br /&gt;
-- the sandbox and the main template. The display value of the diff link is set by &lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-compare-link-display&#039;].&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-blurb&#039;] = &#039;これは$2の$1です。__EXPECTUNUSEDTEMPLATE__&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-diff-blurb&#039;] = &#039;これは$2 ($3)の$1です。__EXPECTUNUSEDTEMPLATE__&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-compare-link-display&#039;] = &#039;差分&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb&#039;] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page&lt;br /&gt;
-- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit. $1 is a link to the test cases page.&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display&#039;] is the display value for that link.&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb&#039;] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page&lt;br /&gt;
-- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit, along with a link to run it. $1 is a link to the test&lt;br /&gt;
-- cases page, and $2 is a link to the page to run it.&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display&#039;] is the display value for the link to run the test&lt;br /&gt;
-- cases.&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb&#039;] = &#039;対応する$1・サブページもご確認ください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display&#039;] = &#039;テストケース&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb&#039;] = &#039;対応する$1・サブページ ($2) もご確認ください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display&#039;] = &#039;実行&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-category&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- A category to add to all template sandboxes.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-category&#039;] = &#039;テンプレート・サンドボックス&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Start box configuration&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;documentation-icon-wikitext&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The wikitext for the icon shown at the top of the template.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;documentation-icon-wikitext&#039;] = &#039;[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;template-namespace-heading&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The heading shown in the template namespace.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;template-namespace-heading&#039;] = &#039;テンプレートの解説&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;module-namespace-heading&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The heading shown in the module namespace.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;module-namespace-heading&#039;] = &#039;モジュールの解説&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;file-namespace-heading&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The heading shown in the file namespace.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;file-namespace-heading&#039;] = &#039;要約&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;other-namespaces-heading&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The heading shown in other namespaces.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;other-namespaces-heading&#039;] = &#039;解説&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;view-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display for &amp;quot;view&amp;quot; links.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;view-link-display&#039;] = &#039;表示&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;edit-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display for &amp;quot;edit&amp;quot; links.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;edit-link-display&#039;] = &#039;編集&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;history-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display for &amp;quot;history&amp;quot; links.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;history-link-display&#039;] = &#039;履歴&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;purge-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display for &amp;quot;purge&amp;quot; links.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;purge-link-display&#039;] = &#039;キャッシュを破棄&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;create-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display for &amp;quot;create&amp;quot; links.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;create-link-display&#039;] = &#039;作成&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Link box (end box) configuration&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;transcluded-from-blurb&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Notice displayed when the docs are transcluded from another page. $1 is a wikilink to that page.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;transcluded-from-blurb&#039;] = &#039;この[[Help:テンプレートの説明文|解説]]は、$1から[[Help:テンプレート#テンプレートとは|呼び出されて]]います。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;create-module-doc-blurb&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Notice displayed in the module namespace when the documentation subpage does not exist.&lt;br /&gt;
-- $1 is a link to create the documentation page with the preload cfg[&#039;module-preload&#039;] and the&lt;br /&gt;
-- display cfg[&#039;create-link-display&#039;].&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;create-module-doc-blurb&#039;] = &#039;この[[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribuntoモジュール]]の解説ページを$1することができます。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Experiment blurb configuration&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;experiment-blurb-template&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;experiment-blurb-module&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The experiment blurb is the text inviting editors to experiment in sandbox and test cases pages.&lt;br /&gt;
-- It is only shown in the template and module namespaces. With the default English settings, it&lt;br /&gt;
-- might look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- Editors can experiment in this template&#039;s sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- In this example, &amp;quot;sandbox&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;edit&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;diff&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;testcases&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;edit&amp;quot; would all be links.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- There are two versions, cfg[&#039;experiment-blurb-template&#039;] and cfg[&#039;experiment-blurb-module&#039;], depending&lt;br /&gt;
-- on what namespace we are in.&lt;br /&gt;
-- &lt;br /&gt;
-- Parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- $1 is a link to the sandbox page. If the sandbox exists, it is in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
--     cfg[&#039;sandbox-link-display&#039;] (cfg[&#039;sandbox-edit-link-display&#039;] | cfg[&#039;compare-link-display&#039;])&lt;br /&gt;
-- &lt;br /&gt;
-- If the sandbox doesn&#039;t exist, it is in the format:&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
--     cfg[&#039;sandbox-link-display&#039;] (cfg[&#039;sandbox-create-link-display&#039;] | cfg[&#039;mirror-link-display&#039;])&lt;br /&gt;
-- &lt;br /&gt;
-- The link for cfg[&#039;sandbox-create-link-display&#039;] link preloads the page with cfg[&#039;template-sandbox-preload&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- or cfg[&#039;module-sandbox-preload&#039;], depending on the current namespace. The link for cfg[&#039;mirror-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- loads a default edit summary of cfg[&#039;mirror-edit-summary&#039;].&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- $2 is a link to the test cases page. If the test cases page exists, it is in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
--     cfg[&#039;testcases-link-display&#039;] (cfg[&#039;testcases-edit-link-display&#039;] | cfg[&#039;testcases-run-link-display&#039;])&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- If the test cases page doesn&#039;t exist, it is in the format:&lt;br /&gt;
-- &lt;br /&gt;
--     cfg[&#039;testcases-link-display&#039;] (cfg[&#039;testcases-create-link-display&#039;])&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- If the test cases page doesn&#039;t exist, the link for cfg[&#039;testcases-create-link-display&#039;] preloads the&lt;br /&gt;
-- page with cfg[&#039;template-testcases-preload&#039;] or cfg[&#039;module-testcases-preload&#039;], depending on the current&lt;br /&gt;
-- namespace.&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;experiment-blurb-template&#039;] = &amp;quot;編集者は、このテンプレートを$1と$2で試すことができます。（[[Wikipedia:テンプレートのサンドボックスとテストケース|解説]]）&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;experiment-blurb-module&#039;] = &amp;quot;編集者は、このモジュールを$1と$2で試すことができます。（[[Wikipedia:テンプレートのサンドボックスとテストケース|解説]]）&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Sandbox link configuration&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-subpage&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The name of the template subpage typically used for sandboxes.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-subpage&#039;] = &#039;sandbox&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;template-sandbox-preload&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Preload file for template sandbox pages.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;template-sandbox-preload&#039;] = &#039;Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;module-sandbox-preload&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Preload file for Lua module sandbox pages.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;module-sandbox-preload&#039;] = &#039;Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display for &amp;quot;sandbox&amp;quot; links.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-link-display&#039;] = &#039;サンドボックス&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-edit-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display for sandbox &amp;quot;edit&amp;quot; links.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-edit-link-display&#039;] = &#039;編集&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-create-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display for sandbox &amp;quot;create&amp;quot; links.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-create-link-display&#039;] = &#039;作成&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;compare-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display for &amp;quot;compare&amp;quot; links.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;compare-link-display&#039;] = &#039;差分&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;mirror-edit-summary&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The default edit summary to use when a user clicks the &amp;quot;mirror&amp;quot; link. $1 is a wikilink to the&lt;br /&gt;
-- template page.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;mirror-edit-summary&#039;] = &#039;$1のサンドボックスバージョンを作成&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;mirror-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display for &amp;quot;mirror&amp;quot; links.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;mirror-link-display&#039;] = &#039;複製&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;mirror-link-preload&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The page to preload when a user clicks the &amp;quot;mirror&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;mirror-link-preload&#039;] = &#039;Template:Documentation/mirror&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Test cases link configuration&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;testcases-subpage&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The name of the template subpage typically used for test cases.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;testcases-subpage&#039;] = &#039;testcases&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;template-testcases-preload&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Preload file for template test cases pages.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;template-testcases-preload&#039;] = &#039;Template:Documentation/preload-testcases&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;module-testcases-preload&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Preload file for Lua module test cases pages.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;module-testcases-preload&#039;] = &#039;Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;testcases-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display for &amp;quot;testcases&amp;quot; links.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;testcases-link-display&#039;] = &#039;テストケース&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;testcases-edit-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display for test cases &amp;quot;edit&amp;quot; links.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;testcases-edit-link-display&#039;] = &#039;編集&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;testcases-run-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display for test cases &amp;quot;run&amp;quot; links.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;testcases-run-link-display&#039;] = &#039;作動&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;testcases-create-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display for test cases &amp;quot;create&amp;quot; links.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;testcases-create-link-display&#039;] = &#039;作成&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Add categories blurb configuration&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;add-categories-blurb&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Text to direct users to add categories to the /doc subpage. Not used if the &amp;quot;content&amp;quot; or&lt;br /&gt;
-- &amp;quot;docname fed&amp;quot; arguments are set, as then it is not clear where to add the categories. $1 is a&lt;br /&gt;
-- link to the /doc subpage with a display value of cfg[&#039;doc-link-display&#039;].&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;add-categories-blurb&#039;] = &#039;$1のサブページにカテゴリを追加してください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;doc-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display when linking to the /doc subpage.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;doc-link-display&#039;] = &#039;/doc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Subpages link configuration&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;subpages-blurb&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The &amp;quot;Subpages of this template&amp;quot; blurb. $1 is a link to the main template&#039;s subpages with a&lt;br /&gt;
-- display value of cfg[&#039;subpages-link-display&#039;]. In the English version this blurb is simply&lt;br /&gt;
-- the link followed by a period, and the link display provides the actual text.&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;subpages-blurb&#039;] = &#039;$1&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;subpages-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display for the &amp;quot;subpages of this page&amp;quot; link. $1 is cfg[&#039;template-pagetype&#039;],&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;module-pagetype&#039;] or cfg[&#039;default-pagetype&#039;], depending on whether the current page is in&lt;br /&gt;
-- the template namespace, the module namespace, or another namespace.&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;subpages-link-display&#039;] = &#039;この$1のサブページ一覧。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;template-pagetype&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The pagetype to display for template pages.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;template-pagetype&#039;] = &#039;テンプレート&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;module-pagetype&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The pagetype to display for Lua module pages.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;module-pagetype&#039;] = &#039;モジュール&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;default-pagetype&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The pagetype to display for pages other than templates or Lua modules.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;default-pagetype&#039;] = &#039;ページ&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Doc link configuration&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;doc-subpage&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The name of the subpage typically used for documentation pages.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;doc-subpage&#039;] = &#039;doc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;file-docpage-preload&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Preload file for documentation page in the file namespace.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;file-docpage-preload&#039;] = &#039;Template:Documentation/preload-filespace&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;docpage-preload&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Preload file for template documentation pages in all namespaces.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;docpage-preload&#039;] = &#039;Template:Documentation/preload&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;module-preload&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Preload file for Lua module documentation pages.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;module-preload&#039;] = &#039;Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Print version configuration&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;print-subpage&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The name of the template subpage used for print versions.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;print-subpage&#039;] = &#039;Print&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;print-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display when linking to the /Print subpage.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;print-link-display&#039;] = &#039;/Print&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;print-blurb&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Text to display if a /Print subpage exists. $1 is a link to the subpage with&lt;br /&gt;
-- a display value of cfg[&#039;print-link-display&#039;].&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;print-blurb&#039;] = &#039;$1にこのテンプレートは[[:en:Help:Books/for experts#Improving the book layout|印刷用バージョンがあります]]。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	.. &#039;もしこのテンプレートを更新した時は、印刷用バージョンも更新してください。&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;display-print-category&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Set to true to enable output of cfg[&#039;print-category&#039;] if a /Print subpage exists.&lt;br /&gt;
-- This should be a boolean value (either true or false).&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;display-print-category&#039;] = true&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;print-category&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Category to output if cfg[&#039;display-print-category&#039;] is set to true, and a /Print subpage exists.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;print-category&#039;] = &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- HTML and CSS configuration&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;templatestyles&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The name of the TemplateStyles page where CSS is kept.&lt;br /&gt;
-- Sandbox CSS will be at Module:Documentation/sandbox/styles.css when needed.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;templatestyles&#039;] = &#039;Module:Documentation/styles.css&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;container&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Class which can be used to set flex or grid CSS on the&lt;br /&gt;
-- two child divs documentation and documentation-metadata&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;container&#039;] = &#039;documentation-container&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;main-div-classes&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Classes added to the main HTML &amp;quot;div&amp;quot; tag.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;main-div-classes&#039;] = &#039;documentation&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;main-div-heading-class&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Class for the main heading for templates and modules and assoc. talk spaces&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;main-div-heading-class&#039;] = &#039;documentation-heading&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;start-box-class&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Class for the start box&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;start-box-class&#039;] = &#039;documentation-startbox&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;start-box-link-classes&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Classes used for the [view][edit][history] or [create] links in the start box.&lt;br /&gt;
-- mw-editsection-like is per [[Wikipedia:Village pump (technical)/Archive 117]]&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;start-box-link-classes&#039;] = &#039;mw-editsection-like plainlinks&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;end-box-class&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Class for the end box.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;end-box-class&#039;] = &#039;documentation-metadata&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;end-box-plainlinks&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Plainlinks&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;end-box-plainlinks&#039;] = &#039;plainlinks&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;toolbar-class&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Class added for toolbar links.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;toolbar-class&#039;] = &#039;documentation-toolbar&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;clear&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Just used to clear things.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;clear&#039;] = &#039;documentation-clear&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Tracking category configuration&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;display-strange-usage-category&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Set to true to enable output of cfg[&#039;strange-usage-category&#039;] if the module is used on a /doc subpage&lt;br /&gt;
-- or a /testcases subpage. This should be a boolean value (either true or false).&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;display-strange-usage-category&#039;] = true&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;strange-usage-category&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Category to output if cfg[&#039;display-strange-usage-category&#039;] is set to true and the module is used on a&lt;br /&gt;
-- /doc subpage or a /testcases subpage.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;strange-usage-category&#039;] = &#039;((documentation))の異常な使用があるページ&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- End configuration&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- Don&#039;t edit anything below this line.&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return cfg&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:Arguments&amp;diff=133</id>
		<title>モジュール:Arguments</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:Arguments&amp;diff=133"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T08:40:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「-- This module provides easy processing of arguments passed to Scribunto from -- #invoke. It is intended for use by other Lua modules, and should not be -- called from #invoke directly.  local libraryUtil = require(&amp;#039;libraryUtil&amp;#039;) local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType  local arguments = {}  -- Generate four different tidyVal functions, so that we don&amp;#039;t have to check the -- options every time we call it.  local function tidyValDefault(key, val) 	if type(val) == &amp;#039;str…」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;-- This module provides easy processing of arguments passed to Scribunto from&lt;br /&gt;
-- #invoke. It is intended for use by other Lua modules, and should not be&lt;br /&gt;
-- called from #invoke directly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local libraryUtil = require(&#039;libraryUtil&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local arguments = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Generate four different tidyVal functions, so that we don&#039;t have to check the&lt;br /&gt;
-- options every time we call it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function tidyValDefault(key, val)&lt;br /&gt;
	if type(val) == &#039;string&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		val = val:match(&#039;^%s*(.-)%s*$&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		if val == &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			return nil&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			return val&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return val&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function tidyValTrimOnly(key, val)&lt;br /&gt;
	if type(val) == &#039;string&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return val:match(&#039;^%s*(.-)%s*$&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return val&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly(key, val)&lt;br /&gt;
	if type(val) == &#039;string&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		if val:find(&#039;%S&#039;) then&lt;br /&gt;
			return val&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			return nil&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return val&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function tidyValNoChange(key, val)&lt;br /&gt;
	return val&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function matchesTitle(given, title)&lt;br /&gt;
	local tp = type( given )&lt;br /&gt;
	return (tp == &#039;string&#039; or tp == &#039;number&#039;) and mw.title.new( given ).prefixedText == title&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local translate_mt = { __index = function(t, k) return k end }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function arguments.getArgs(frame, options)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;getArgs&#039;, 1, frame, &#039;table&#039;, true)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;getArgs&#039;, 2, options, &#039;table&#039;, true)&lt;br /&gt;
	frame = frame or {}&lt;br /&gt;
	options = options or {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set up argument translation.&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	options.translate = options.translate or {}&lt;br /&gt;
	if getmetatable(options.translate) == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
		setmetatable(options.translate, translate_mt)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if options.backtranslate == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
		options.backtranslate = {}&lt;br /&gt;
		for k,v in pairs(options.translate) do&lt;br /&gt;
			options.backtranslate[v] = k&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if options.backtranslate and getmetatable(options.backtranslate) == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
		setmetatable(options.backtranslate, {&lt;br /&gt;
			__index = function(t, k)&lt;br /&gt;
				if options.translate[k] ~= k then&lt;br /&gt;
					return nil&lt;br /&gt;
				else&lt;br /&gt;
					return k&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		})&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Get the argument tables. If we were passed a valid frame object, get the&lt;br /&gt;
	-- frame arguments (fargs) and the parent frame arguments (pargs), depending&lt;br /&gt;
	-- on the options set and on the parent frame&#039;s availability. If we weren&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
	-- passed a valid frame object, we are being called from another Lua module&lt;br /&gt;
	-- or from the debug console, so assume that we were passed a table of args&lt;br /&gt;
	-- directly, and assign it to a new variable (luaArgs).&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	local fargs, pargs, luaArgs&lt;br /&gt;
	if type(frame.args) == &#039;table&#039; and type(frame.getParent) == &#039;function&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		if options.wrappers then&lt;br /&gt;
			--[[&lt;br /&gt;
			-- The wrappers option makes Module:Arguments look up arguments in&lt;br /&gt;
			-- either the frame argument table or the parent argument table, but&lt;br /&gt;
			-- not both. This means that users can use either the #invoke syntax&lt;br /&gt;
			-- or a wrapper template without the loss of performance associated&lt;br /&gt;
			-- with looking arguments up in both the frame and the parent frame.&lt;br /&gt;
			-- Module:Arguments will look up arguments in the parent frame&lt;br /&gt;
			-- if it finds the parent frame&#039;s title in options.wrapper;&lt;br /&gt;
			-- otherwise it will look up arguments in the frame object passed&lt;br /&gt;
			-- to getArgs.&lt;br /&gt;
			--]]&lt;br /&gt;
			local parent = frame:getParent()&lt;br /&gt;
			if not parent then&lt;br /&gt;
				fargs = frame.args&lt;br /&gt;
			else&lt;br /&gt;
				local title = parent:getTitle():gsub(&#039;/sandbox$&#039;, &#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
				local found = false&lt;br /&gt;
				if matchesTitle(options.wrappers, title) then&lt;br /&gt;
					found = true&lt;br /&gt;
				elseif type(options.wrappers) == &#039;table&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
					for _,v in pairs(options.wrappers) do&lt;br /&gt;
						if matchesTitle(v, title) then&lt;br /&gt;
							found = true&lt;br /&gt;
							break&lt;br /&gt;
						end&lt;br /&gt;
					end&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
				-- We test for false specifically here so that nil (the default) acts like true.&lt;br /&gt;
				if found or options.frameOnly == false then&lt;br /&gt;
					pargs = parent.args&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
				if not found or options.parentOnly == false then&lt;br /&gt;
					fargs = frame.args&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			-- options.wrapper isn&#039;t set, so check the other options.&lt;br /&gt;
			if not options.parentOnly then&lt;br /&gt;
				fargs = frame.args&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
			if not options.frameOnly then&lt;br /&gt;
				local parent = frame:getParent()&lt;br /&gt;
				pargs = parent and parent.args or nil&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		if options.parentFirst then&lt;br /&gt;
			fargs, pargs = pargs, fargs&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		luaArgs = frame&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set the order of precedence of the argument tables. If the variables are&lt;br /&gt;
	-- nil, nothing will be added to the table, which is how we avoid clashes&lt;br /&gt;
	-- between the frame/parent args and the Lua args.&lt;br /&gt;
	local argTables = {fargs}&lt;br /&gt;
	argTables[#argTables + 1] = pargs&lt;br /&gt;
	argTables[#argTables + 1] = luaArgs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Generate the tidyVal function. If it has been specified by the user, we&lt;br /&gt;
	-- use that; if not, we choose one of four functions depending on the&lt;br /&gt;
	-- options chosen. This is so that we don&#039;t have to call the options table&lt;br /&gt;
	-- every time the function is called.&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	local tidyVal = options.valueFunc&lt;br /&gt;
	if tidyVal then&lt;br /&gt;
		if type(tidyVal) ~= &#039;function&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			error(&lt;br /&gt;
				&amp;quot;bad value assigned to option &#039;valueFunc&#039;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;(function expected, got &#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. type(tidyVal)&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;)&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				2&lt;br /&gt;
			)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif options.trim ~= false then&lt;br /&gt;
		if options.removeBlanks ~= false then&lt;br /&gt;
			tidyVal = tidyValDefault&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			tidyVal = tidyValTrimOnly&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		if options.removeBlanks ~= false then&lt;br /&gt;
			tidyVal = tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			tidyVal = tidyValNoChange&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set up the args, metaArgs and nilArgs tables. args will be the one&lt;br /&gt;
	-- accessed from functions, and metaArgs will hold the actual arguments. Nil&lt;br /&gt;
	-- arguments are memoized in nilArgs, and the metatable connects all of them&lt;br /&gt;
	-- together.&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	local args, metaArgs, nilArgs, metatable = {}, {}, {}, {}&lt;br /&gt;
	setmetatable(args, metatable)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local function mergeArgs(tables)&lt;br /&gt;
		--[[&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Accepts multiple tables as input and merges their keys and values&lt;br /&gt;
		-- into one table. If a value is already present it is not overwritten;&lt;br /&gt;
		-- tables listed earlier have precedence. We are also memoizing nil&lt;br /&gt;
		-- values, which can be overwritten if they are &#039;s&#039; (soft).&lt;br /&gt;
		--]]&lt;br /&gt;
		for _, t in ipairs(tables) do&lt;br /&gt;
			for key, val in pairs(t) do&lt;br /&gt;
				if metaArgs[key] == nil and nilArgs[key] ~= &#039;h&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
					local tidiedVal = tidyVal(key, val)&lt;br /&gt;
					if tidiedVal == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
						nilArgs[key] = &#039;s&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					else&lt;br /&gt;
						metaArgs[key] = tidiedVal&lt;br /&gt;
					end&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Define metatable behaviour. Arguments are memoized in the metaArgs table,&lt;br /&gt;
	-- and are only fetched from the argument tables once. Fetching arguments&lt;br /&gt;
	-- from the argument tables is the most resource-intensive step in this&lt;br /&gt;
	-- module, so we try and avoid it where possible. For this reason, nil&lt;br /&gt;
	-- arguments are also memoized, in the nilArgs table. Also, we keep a record&lt;br /&gt;
	-- in the metatable of when pairs and ipairs have been called, so we do not&lt;br /&gt;
	-- run pairs and ipairs on the argument tables more than once. We also do&lt;br /&gt;
	-- not run ipairs on fargs and pargs if pairs has already been run, as all&lt;br /&gt;
	-- the arguments will already have been copied over.&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	metatable.__index = function (t, key)&lt;br /&gt;
		--[[&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Fetches an argument when the args table is indexed. First we check&lt;br /&gt;
		-- to see if the value is memoized, and if not we try and fetch it from&lt;br /&gt;
		-- the argument tables. When we check memoization, we need to check&lt;br /&gt;
		-- metaArgs before nilArgs, as both can be non-nil at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
		-- If the argument is not present in metaArgs, we also check whether&lt;br /&gt;
		-- pairs has been run yet. If pairs has already been run, we return nil.&lt;br /&gt;
		-- This is because all the arguments will have already been copied into&lt;br /&gt;
		-- metaArgs by the mergeArgs function, meaning that any other arguments&lt;br /&gt;
		-- must be nil.&lt;br /&gt;
		--]]&lt;br /&gt;
		if type(key) == &#039;string&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			key = options.translate[key]&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		local val = metaArgs[key]&lt;br /&gt;
		if val ~= nil then&lt;br /&gt;
			return val&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif metatable.donePairs or nilArgs[key] then&lt;br /&gt;
			return nil&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		for _, argTable in ipairs(argTables) do&lt;br /&gt;
			local argTableVal = tidyVal(key, argTable[key])&lt;br /&gt;
			if argTableVal ~= nil then&lt;br /&gt;
				metaArgs[key] = argTableVal&lt;br /&gt;
				return argTableVal&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		nilArgs[key] = &#039;h&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	metatable.__newindex = function (t, key, val)&lt;br /&gt;
		-- This function is called when a module tries to add a new value to the&lt;br /&gt;
		-- args table, or tries to change an existing value.&lt;br /&gt;
		if type(key) == &#039;string&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			key = options.translate[key]&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		if options.readOnly then&lt;br /&gt;
			error(&lt;br /&gt;
				&#039;could not write to argument table key &amp;quot;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. tostring(key)&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;&amp;quot;; the table is read-only&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				2&lt;br /&gt;
			)&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif options.noOverwrite and args[key] ~= nil then&lt;br /&gt;
			error(&lt;br /&gt;
				&#039;could not write to argument table key &amp;quot;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. tostring(key)&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;&amp;quot;; overwriting existing arguments is not permitted&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				2&lt;br /&gt;
			)&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif val == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
			--[[&lt;br /&gt;
			-- If the argument is to be overwritten with nil, we need to erase&lt;br /&gt;
			-- the value in metaArgs, so that __index, __pairs and __ipairs do&lt;br /&gt;
			-- not use a previous existing value, if present; and we also need&lt;br /&gt;
			-- to memoize the nil in nilArgs, so that the value isn&#039;t looked&lt;br /&gt;
			-- up in the argument tables if it is accessed again.&lt;br /&gt;
			--]]&lt;br /&gt;
			metaArgs[key] = nil&lt;br /&gt;
			nilArgs[key] = &#039;h&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			metaArgs[key] = val&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local function translatenext(invariant)&lt;br /&gt;
		local k, v = next(invariant.t, invariant.k)&lt;br /&gt;
		invariant.k = k&lt;br /&gt;
		if k == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
			return nil&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif type(k) ~= &#039;string&#039; or not options.backtranslate then&lt;br /&gt;
			return k, v&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			local backtranslate = options.backtranslate[k]&lt;br /&gt;
			if backtranslate == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
				-- Skip this one. This is a tail call, so this won&#039;t cause stack overflow&lt;br /&gt;
				return translatenext(invariant)&lt;br /&gt;
			else&lt;br /&gt;
				return backtranslate, v&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	metatable.__pairs = function ()&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Called when pairs is run on the args table.&lt;br /&gt;
		if not metatable.donePairs then&lt;br /&gt;
			mergeArgs(argTables)&lt;br /&gt;
			metatable.donePairs = true&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		return translatenext, { t = metaArgs }&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local function inext(t, i)&lt;br /&gt;
		-- This uses our __index metamethod&lt;br /&gt;
		local v = t[i + 1]&lt;br /&gt;
		if v ~= nil then&lt;br /&gt;
			return i + 1, v&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	metatable.__ipairs = function (t)&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Called when ipairs is run on the args table.&lt;br /&gt;
		return inext, t, 0&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return args&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return arguments&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:Documentation&amp;diff=132</id>
		<title>モジュール:Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%83%A2%E3%82%B8%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB:Documentation&amp;diff=132"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T08:37:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「-- This module implements {{documentation}}.  -- Get required modules. local getArgs = require(&amp;#039;Module:Arguments&amp;#039;).getArgs local messageBox = require(&amp;#039;Module:Message box&amp;#039;)  -- Get the config table. local cfg = mw.loadData(&amp;#039;Module:Documentation/config&amp;#039;)  local p = {}  -- Often-used functions. local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -- -- These are defined as local functions, but a…」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;-- This module implements {{documentation}}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Get required modules.&lt;br /&gt;
local getArgs = require(&#039;Module:Arguments&#039;).getArgs&lt;br /&gt;
local messageBox = require(&#039;Module:Message box&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Get the config table.&lt;br /&gt;
local cfg = mw.loadData(&#039;Module:Documentation/config&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local p = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Often-used functions.&lt;br /&gt;
local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Helper functions&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- These are defined as local functions, but are made available in the p&lt;br /&gt;
-- table for testing purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function message(cfgKey, valArray, expectType)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Gets a message from the cfg table and formats it if appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- The function raises an error if the value from the cfg table is not&lt;br /&gt;
	-- of the type expectType. The default type for expectType is &#039;string&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- If the table valArray is present, strings such as $1, $2 etc. in the&lt;br /&gt;
	-- message are substituted with values from the table keys [1], [2] etc.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- For example, if the message &amp;quot;foo-message&amp;quot; had the value &#039;Foo $2 bar $1.&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	-- message(&#039;foo-message&#039;, {&#039;baz&#039;, &#039;qux&#039;}) would return &amp;quot;Foo qux bar baz.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	local msg = cfg[cfgKey]&lt;br /&gt;
	expectType = expectType or &#039;string&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	if type(msg) ~= expectType then&lt;br /&gt;
		error(&#039;メッセージ: cfg.&#039; .. cfgKey .. &#039;の入力エラー。（想定：&#039; .. expectType .. &#039;、実際：&#039; .. type(msg) .. &#039;）&#039;, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if not valArray then&lt;br /&gt;
		return msg&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local function getMessageVal(match)&lt;br /&gt;
		match = tonumber(match)&lt;br /&gt;
		return valArray[match] or error(&#039;メッセージ: メッセージ設定で$&#039; .. match .. &#039;キーの値が見つかりませんでした。&#039; .. cfgKey, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return ugsub(msg, &#039;$([1-9][0-9]*)&#039;, getMessageVal)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p.message = message&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function makeWikilink(page, display)&lt;br /&gt;
	if display then&lt;br /&gt;
		return mw.ustring.format(&#039;[[%s|%s]]&#039;, page, display)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return mw.ustring.format(&#039;[[%s]]&#039;, page)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p.makeWikilink = makeWikilink&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort)&lt;br /&gt;
	local catns = mw.site.namespaces[14].name&lt;br /&gt;
	return makeWikilink(catns .. &#039;:&#039; .. cat, sort)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p.makeCategoryLink = makeCategoryLink&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function makeUrlLink(url, display)&lt;br /&gt;
	return mw.ustring.format(&#039;[%s %s]&#039;, url, display)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p.makeUrlLink = makeUrlLink&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function makeToolbar(...)&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	local lim = select(&#039;#&#039;, ...)&lt;br /&gt;
	if lim &amp;lt; 1 then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	for i = 1, lim do&lt;br /&gt;
		ret[#ret + 1] = select(i, ...)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;documentation-toolbar&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	return &#039;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;&#039; .. message(&#039;toolbar-class&#039;) .. &#039;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		.. table.concat(ret, &#039; &amp;amp;#124; &#039;) .. &#039;)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
end	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p.makeToolbar = makeToolbar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Argument processing&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName)&lt;br /&gt;
	return function (frame)&lt;br /&gt;
		local args = getArgs(frame, {&lt;br /&gt;
			valueFunc = function (key, value)&lt;br /&gt;
				if type(value) == &#039;string&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
					value = value:match(&#039;^%s*(.-)%s*$&#039;) -- Remove whitespace.&lt;br /&gt;
					if key == &#039;heading&#039; or value ~= &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
						return value&lt;br /&gt;
					else&lt;br /&gt;
						return nil&lt;br /&gt;
					end&lt;br /&gt;
				else&lt;br /&gt;
					return value&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		})&lt;br /&gt;
		return p[funcName](args)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Entry points&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.nonexistent(frame)&lt;br /&gt;
	if mw.title.getCurrentTitle().subpageText == &#039;testcases&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return frame:expandTemplate{title = &#039;module test cases notice&#039;}&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return p.main(frame)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p.main = makeInvokeFunc(&#039;_main&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p._main(args)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- This function defines logic flow for the module.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @args - table of arguments passed by the user&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	local env = p.getEnvironment(args)&lt;br /&gt;
	local root = mw.html.create()&lt;br /&gt;
	root&lt;br /&gt;
		:wikitext(p._getModuleWikitext(args, env))&lt;br /&gt;
		:wikitext(p.protectionTemplate(env))&lt;br /&gt;
		:wikitext(p.sandboxNotice(args, env))&lt;br /&gt;
		:tag(&#039;div&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			-- &#039;documentation-container&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			:addClass(message(&#039;container&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
			:newline()&lt;br /&gt;
			:tag(&#039;div&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
				-- &#039;documentation&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				:addClass(message(&#039;main-div-classes&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
				:newline()&lt;br /&gt;
				:wikitext(p._startBox(args, env))&lt;br /&gt;
				:wikitext(p._content(args, env))&lt;br /&gt;
				:tag(&#039;div&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
					-- &#039;documentation-clear&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					:addClass(message(&#039;clear&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
					:done()&lt;br /&gt;
				:newline()&lt;br /&gt;
				:done()&lt;br /&gt;
			:wikitext(p._endBox(args, env))&lt;br /&gt;
			:done()&lt;br /&gt;
		:wikitext(p.addTrackingCategories(env))&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;Module:Documentation/styles.css&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag (&lt;br /&gt;
		&#039;templatestyles&#039;, &#039;&#039;, {src=cfg[&#039;templatestyles&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
	}) .. tostring(root)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Environment settings&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.getEnvironment(args)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Returns a table with information about the environment, including title&lt;br /&gt;
	-- objects and other namespace- or path-related data.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @args - table of arguments passed by the user&lt;br /&gt;
	--&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Title objects include:&lt;br /&gt;
	-- env.title - the page we are making documentation for (usually the current title)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- env.templateTitle - the template (or module, file, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- env.docTitle - the /doc subpage.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- env.sandboxTitle - the /sandbox subpage.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- env.testcasesTitle - the /testcases subpage.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- env.printTitle - the print version of the template, located at the /Print subpage.&lt;br /&gt;
	--&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Data includes:&lt;br /&gt;
	-- env.protectionLevels - the protection levels table of the title object.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- env.subjectSpace - the number of the title&#039;s subject namespace.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- env.docSpace - the number of the namespace the title puts its documentation in.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- env.docpageBase - the text of the base page of the /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages, with namespace.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- env.compareUrl - URL of the Special:ComparePages page comparing the sandbox with the template.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &lt;br /&gt;
	-- All table lookups are passed through pcall so that errors are caught. If an error occurs, the value&lt;br /&gt;
	-- returned will be nil.&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	local env, envFuncs = {}, {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set up the metatable. If triggered we call the corresponding function in the envFuncs table. The value&lt;br /&gt;
	-- returned by that function is memoized in the env table so that we don&#039;t call any of the functions&lt;br /&gt;
	-- more than once. (Nils won&#039;t be memoized.)&lt;br /&gt;
	setmetatable(env, {&lt;br /&gt;
		__index = function (t, key)&lt;br /&gt;
			local envFunc = envFuncs[key]&lt;br /&gt;
			if envFunc then&lt;br /&gt;
				local success, val = pcall(envFunc)&lt;br /&gt;
				if success then&lt;br /&gt;
					env[key] = val -- Memoise the value.&lt;br /&gt;
					return val&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
			return nil&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	})	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	function envFuncs.title()&lt;br /&gt;
		-- The title object for the current page, or a test page passed with args.page.&lt;br /&gt;
		local title&lt;br /&gt;
		local titleArg = args.page&lt;br /&gt;
		if titleArg then&lt;br /&gt;
			title = mw.title.new(titleArg)&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		return title&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	function envFuncs.templateTitle()&lt;br /&gt;
		--[[&lt;br /&gt;
		-- The template (or module, etc.) title object.&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
		-- &#039;sandbox-subpage&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;sandbox&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		-- &#039;testcases-subpage&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;testcases&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--]]&lt;br /&gt;
		local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace&lt;br /&gt;
		local title = env.title&lt;br /&gt;
		local subpage = title.subpageText&lt;br /&gt;
		if subpage == message(&#039;sandbox-subpage&#039;) or subpage == message(&#039;testcases-subpage&#039;) then&lt;br /&gt;
			return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.baseText)&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.text)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	function envFuncs.docTitle()&lt;br /&gt;
		--[[&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Title object of the /doc subpage.&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
		-- &#039;doc-subpage&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;doc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--]]&lt;br /&gt;
		local title = env.title&lt;br /&gt;
		local docname = args[1] -- User-specified doc page.&lt;br /&gt;
		local docpage&lt;br /&gt;
		if docname then&lt;br /&gt;
			docpage = docname&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			docpage = env.docpageBase .. &#039;/&#039; .. message(&#039;doc-subpage&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		return mw.title.new(docpage)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	function envFuncs.sandboxTitle()&lt;br /&gt;
		--[[&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Title object for the /sandbox subpage.&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
		-- &#039;sandbox-subpage&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;sandbox&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--]]&lt;br /&gt;
		return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. &#039;/&#039; .. message(&#039;sandbox-subpage&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	function envFuncs.testcasesTitle()&lt;br /&gt;
		--[[&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Title object for the /testcases subpage.&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
		-- &#039;testcases-subpage&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;testcases&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--]]&lt;br /&gt;
		return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. &#039;/&#039; .. message(&#039;testcases-subpage&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	function envFuncs.printTitle()&lt;br /&gt;
		--[[&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Title object for the /Print subpage.&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
		-- &#039;print-subpage&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Print&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--]]&lt;br /&gt;
		return env.templateTitle:subPageTitle(message(&#039;print-subpage&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	function envFuncs.protectionLevels()&lt;br /&gt;
		-- The protection levels table of the title object.&lt;br /&gt;
		return env.title.protectionLevels&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	function envFuncs.subjectSpace()&lt;br /&gt;
		-- The subject namespace number.&lt;br /&gt;
		return mw.site.namespaces[env.title.namespace].subject.id&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	function envFuncs.docSpace()&lt;br /&gt;
		-- The documentation namespace number. For most namespaces this is the&lt;br /&gt;
		-- same as the subject namespace. However, pages in the Article, File,&lt;br /&gt;
		-- MediaWiki or Category namespaces must have their /doc, /sandbox and&lt;br /&gt;
		-- /testcases pages in talk space.&lt;br /&gt;
		local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace&lt;br /&gt;
		if subjectSpace == 0 or subjectSpace == 6 or subjectSpace == 8 or subjectSpace == 14 then&lt;br /&gt;
			return subjectSpace + 1&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			return subjectSpace&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	function envFuncs.docpageBase()&lt;br /&gt;
		-- The base page of the /doc, /sandbox, and /testcases subpages.&lt;br /&gt;
		-- For some namespaces this is the talk page, rather than the template page.&lt;br /&gt;
		local templateTitle = env.templateTitle&lt;br /&gt;
		local docSpace = env.docSpace&lt;br /&gt;
		local docSpaceText = mw.site.namespaces[docSpace].name&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Assemble the link. docSpace is never the main namespace, so we can hardcode the colon.&lt;br /&gt;
		return docSpaceText .. &#039;:&#039; .. templateTitle.text&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	function envFuncs.compareUrl()&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Diff link between the sandbox and the main template using [[Special:ComparePages]].&lt;br /&gt;
		local templateTitle = env.templateTitle&lt;br /&gt;
		local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle&lt;br /&gt;
		if templateTitle.exists and sandboxTitle.exists then&lt;br /&gt;
			local compareUrl = mw.uri.fullUrl(&lt;br /&gt;
				&#039;Special:ComparePages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				{ page1 = templateTitle.prefixedText, page2 = sandboxTitle.prefixedText}&lt;br /&gt;
			)&lt;br /&gt;
			return tostring(compareUrl)&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			return nil&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return env&lt;br /&gt;
end	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Auxiliary templates&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p.getModuleWikitext = makeInvokeFunc(&#039;_getModuleWikitext&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p._getModuleWikitext(args, env)&lt;br /&gt;
	local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()&lt;br /&gt;
	if currentTitle.contentModel ~= &#039;Scribunto&#039; then return end&lt;br /&gt;
	pcall(require, currentTitle.prefixedText) -- if it fails, we don&#039;t care&lt;br /&gt;
	local moduleWikitext =  package.loaded[&amp;quot;Module:Module wikitext&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
	if moduleWikitext then&lt;br /&gt;
		return moduleWikitext.main()&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.sandboxNotice(args, env)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[=[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Generates a sandbox notice for display above sandbox pages.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &lt;br /&gt;
	-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;sandbox-notice-image&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;[[Image:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;sandbox-notice-blurb&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;This is the $1 for $2.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;sandbox-notice-diff-blurb&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;This is the $1 for $2 ($3).&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;sandbox-notice-pagetype-template&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;sandbox-notice-pagetype-module&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;sandbox-notice-pagetype-other&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;sandbox page&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;sandbox-notice-compare-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;diff&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;See also the companion subpage for $1.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;test cases&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;sandbox-category&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Template sandboxes&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	--]=]&lt;br /&gt;
	local title = env.title&lt;br /&gt;
	local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	local templateTitle = env.templateTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace&lt;br /&gt;
	if not (subjectSpace and title and sandboxTitle and templateTitle&lt;br /&gt;
		and mw.title.equals(title, sandboxTitle)) then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Build the table of arguments to pass to {{ombox}}. We need just two fields, &amp;quot;image&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
	local omargs = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	omargs.image = message(&#039;sandbox-notice-image&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Get the text. We start with the opening blurb, which is something like&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &amp;quot;This is the template sandbox for [[Template:Foo]] (diff).&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
	local text = &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	local pagetype&lt;br /&gt;
	if subjectSpace == 10 then&lt;br /&gt;
		pagetype = message(&#039;sandbox-notice-pagetype-template&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif subjectSpace == 828 then&lt;br /&gt;
		pagetype = message(&#039;sandbox-notice-pagetype-module&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		pagetype = message(&#039;sandbox-notice-pagetype-other&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local templateLink = makeWikilink(templateTitle.prefixedText)&lt;br /&gt;
	local compareUrl = env.compareUrl&lt;br /&gt;
	if compareUrl then&lt;br /&gt;
		local compareDisplay = message(&#039;sandbox-notice-compare-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		local compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		text = text .. message(&#039;sandbox-notice-diff-blurb&#039;, {pagetype, templateLink, compareLink})&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		text = text .. message(&#039;sandbox-notice-blurb&#039;, {pagetype, templateLink})&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Get the test cases page blurb if the page exists. This is something like&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &amp;quot;See also the companion subpage for [[Template:Foo/testcases|test cases]].&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
	local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	if testcasesTitle and testcasesTitle.exists then&lt;br /&gt;
		if testcasesTitle.contentModel == &amp;quot;Scribunto&amp;quot; then&lt;br /&gt;
			local testcasesLinkDisplay = message(&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message(&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
			local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
			text = text .. &#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&#039; .. message(&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb&#039;, {testcasesLink, testcasesRunLink})&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			local testcasesLinkDisplay = message(&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
			text = text .. &#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&#039; .. message(&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb&#039;, {testcasesLink})&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Add the sandbox to the sandbox category.&lt;br /&gt;
	omargs.text = text .. makeCategoryLink(message(&#039;sandbox-category&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;documentation-clear&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	return &#039;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;&#039; .. message(&#039;clear&#039;) .. &#039;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		.. require(&#039;Module:Message box&#039;).main(&#039;ombox&#039;, omargs)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.protectionTemplate(env)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Generates the padlock icon in the top right.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;protection-template&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;pp-template&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;protection-template-args&#039; --&amp;gt; {docusage = &#039;yes&#039;}&lt;br /&gt;
	local protectionLevels = env.protectionLevels&lt;br /&gt;
	if not protectionLevels then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local editProt = protectionLevels.edit and protectionLevels.edit[1]&lt;br /&gt;
	local moveProt = protectionLevels.move and protectionLevels.move[1]&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- 日本語版独自仕様: 編集保護と移動保護で保護レベルが異なる場合に、両方のアイコンを表示する&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret = &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	if editProt then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- The page is edit-protected.&lt;br /&gt;
		ret = ret .. require(&#039;Module:Protection banner&#039;)._main{&lt;br /&gt;
			message(&#039;protection-reason-edit&#039;), small = true&lt;br /&gt;
		}&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if moveProt and moveProt ~= editProt and moveProt ~= &#039;autoconfirmed&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- The page is move-protected.&lt;br /&gt;
		ret = ret .. require(&#039;Module:Protection banner&#039;)._main{&lt;br /&gt;
			action = &#039;move&#039;, small = true&lt;br /&gt;
		}&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return ret&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Start box&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p.startBox = makeInvokeFunc(&#039;_startBox&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p._startBox(args, env)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- This function generates the start box.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &lt;br /&gt;
	-- The actual work is done by p.makeStartBoxLinksData and p.renderStartBoxLinks which make&lt;br /&gt;
	-- the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links, and by p.makeStartBoxData and p.renderStartBox&lt;br /&gt;
	-- which generate the box HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)&lt;br /&gt;
	local links&lt;br /&gt;
	local content = args.content&lt;br /&gt;
	if not content or args[1] then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- No need to include the links if the documentation is on the template page itself.&lt;br /&gt;
		local linksData = p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env)&lt;br /&gt;
		if linksData then&lt;br /&gt;
			links = p.renderStartBoxLinks(linksData)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Generate the start box html.&lt;br /&gt;
	local data = p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links)&lt;br /&gt;
	if data then&lt;br /&gt;
		return p.renderStartBox(data)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		-- User specified no heading.&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Does initial processing of data to make the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &lt;br /&gt;
	-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;view-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;view&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;edit-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;edit&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;history-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;history&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;purge-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;purge&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;file-docpage-preload&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Template:Documentation/preload-filespace&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;module-preload&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;docpage-preload&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Template:Documentation/preload&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;create-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;create&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace&lt;br /&gt;
	local title = env.title&lt;br /&gt;
	local docTitle = env.docTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	if not title or not docTitle then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if docTitle.isRedirect then&lt;br /&gt;
		docTitle = docTitle.redirectTarget&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local data = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	data.title = title&lt;br /&gt;
	data.docTitle = docTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	-- View, display, edit, and purge links if /doc exists.&lt;br /&gt;
	data.viewLinkDisplay = message(&#039;view-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	data.editLinkDisplay = message(&#039;edit-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	data.historyLinkDisplay = message(&#039;history-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	data.purgeLinkDisplay = message(&#039;purge-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Create link if /doc doesn&#039;t exist.&lt;br /&gt;
	local preload = args.preload&lt;br /&gt;
	if not preload then&lt;br /&gt;
		if subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace&lt;br /&gt;
			preload = message(&#039;file-docpage-preload&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace&lt;br /&gt;
			preload = message(&#039;module-preload&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			preload = message(&#039;docpage-preload&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	data.preload = preload&lt;br /&gt;
	data.createLinkDisplay = message(&#039;create-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	return data&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.renderStartBoxLinks(data)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Generates the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links from the data table.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxLinksData&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	local function escapeBrackets(s)&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Escapes square brackets with HTML entities.&lt;br /&gt;
		s = s:gsub(&#039;%[&#039;, &#039;&amp;amp;#91;&#039;) -- Replace square brackets with HTML entities.&lt;br /&gt;
		s = s:gsub(&#039;%]&#039;, &#039;&amp;amp;#93;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		return s&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret&lt;br /&gt;
	local docTitle = data.docTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	local title = data.title&lt;br /&gt;
	if docTitle.exists then&lt;br /&gt;
		local viewLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, data.viewLinkDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		local editLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = &#039;edit&#039;}, data.editLinkDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		local historyLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = &#039;history&#039;}, data.historyLinkDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		local purgeLink = makeUrlLink(title:fullUrl{action = &#039;purge&#039;}, data.purgeLinkDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		ret = &#039;[%s] [%s] [%s] [%s]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		ret = escapeBrackets(ret)&lt;br /&gt;
		ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, viewLink, editLink, historyLink, purgeLink)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		local createLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = &#039;edit&#039;, preload = data.preload}, data.createLinkDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		ret = &#039;[%s]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		ret = escapeBrackets(ret)&lt;br /&gt;
		ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, createLink)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return ret&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[=[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Does initial processing of data to pass to the start-box render function, p.renderStartBox.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @links - a string containing the [view][edit][history][purge] links - could be nil if there&#039;s an error.&lt;br /&gt;
	--&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;documentation-icon-wikitext&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;template-namespace-heading&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Template documentation&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;module-namespace-heading&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Module documentation&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;file-namespace-heading&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Summary&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;other-namespaces-heading&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Documentation&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;testcases-create-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;create&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	--]=]&lt;br /&gt;
	local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace&lt;br /&gt;
	if not subjectSpace then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Default to an &amp;quot;other namespaces&amp;quot; namespace, so that we get at least some output&lt;br /&gt;
		-- if an error occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
		subjectSpace = 2&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local data = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Heading&lt;br /&gt;
	local heading = args.heading -- Blank values are not removed.&lt;br /&gt;
	if heading == &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Don&#039;t display the start box if the heading arg is defined but blank.&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if heading then&lt;br /&gt;
		data.heading = heading&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- Template namespace&lt;br /&gt;
		data.heading = message(&#039;documentation-icon-wikitext&#039;) .. &#039; &#039; .. message(&#039;template-namespace-heading&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace&lt;br /&gt;
		data.heading = message(&#039;documentation-icon-wikitext&#039;) .. &#039; &#039; .. message(&#039;module-namespace-heading&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace&lt;br /&gt;
		data.heading = message(&#039;file-namespace-heading&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		data.heading = message(&#039;other-namespaces-heading&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Heading CSS&lt;br /&gt;
	local headingStyle = args[&#039;heading-style&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
	if headingStyle then&lt;br /&gt;
		data.headingStyleText = headingStyle&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		-- &#039;documentation-heading&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		data.headingClass = message(&#039;main-div-heading-class&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Data for the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links.&lt;br /&gt;
	if links then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- &#039;mw-editsection-like plainlinks&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		data.linksClass = message(&#039;start-box-link-classes&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		data.links = links&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	return data&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.renderStartBox(data)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Renders the start box html.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxData.&lt;br /&gt;
	local sbox = mw.html.create(&#039;div&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	sbox&lt;br /&gt;
		-- &#039;documentation-startbox&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		:addClass(message(&#039;start-box-class&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
		:newline()&lt;br /&gt;
		:tag(&#039;span&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			:addClass(data.headingClass)&lt;br /&gt;
			:cssText(data.headingStyleText)&lt;br /&gt;
			:wikitext(data.heading)&lt;br /&gt;
	local links = data.links&lt;br /&gt;
	if links then&lt;br /&gt;
		sbox:tag(&#039;span&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			:addClass(data.linksClass)&lt;br /&gt;
			:attr(&#039;id&#039;, data.linksId)&lt;br /&gt;
			:wikitext(links)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return tostring(sbox)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Documentation content&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p.content = makeInvokeFunc(&#039;_content&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p._content(args, env)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Displays the documentation contents&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment&lt;br /&gt;
	env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)&lt;br /&gt;
	local docTitle = env.docTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	local content = args.content&lt;br /&gt;
	if not content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then&lt;br /&gt;
		content = args._content or mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = docTitle.prefixedText}&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	-- The line breaks below are necessary so that &amp;quot;=== Headings ===&amp;quot; at the start and end&lt;br /&gt;
	-- of docs are interpreted correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
	return &#039;\n&#039; .. (content or &#039;&#039;) .. &#039;\n&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p.contentTitle = makeInvokeFunc(&#039;_contentTitle&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p._contentTitle(args, env)&lt;br /&gt;
	env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)&lt;br /&gt;
	local docTitle = env.docTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	if not args.content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then&lt;br /&gt;
		return docTitle.prefixedText&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- End box&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p.endBox = makeInvokeFunc(&#039;_endBox&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p._endBox(args, env)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[=[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- This function generates the end box (also known as the link box).&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &lt;br /&gt;
	--]=]&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Get environment data.&lt;br /&gt;
	env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)&lt;br /&gt;
	local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace&lt;br /&gt;
	local docTitle = env.docTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	if not subjectSpace or not docTitle then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Check whether we should output the end box at all. Add the end&lt;br /&gt;
	-- box by default if the documentation exists or if we are in the&lt;br /&gt;
	-- user, module or template namespaces.&lt;br /&gt;
	local linkBox = args[&#039;link box&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
	if linkBox == &#039;off&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		or not (&lt;br /&gt;
			docTitle.exists&lt;br /&gt;
			or subjectSpace == 2&lt;br /&gt;
			or subjectSpace == 828&lt;br /&gt;
			or subjectSpace == 10&lt;br /&gt;
		)&lt;br /&gt;
	then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Assemble the link box.&lt;br /&gt;
	local text = &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	if linkBox then&lt;br /&gt;
		text = text .. linkBox&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		text = text .. (p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) or &#039;&#039;) -- &amp;quot;This documentation is transcluded from [[Foo]].&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
		if subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 10 or subjectSpace == 828 then&lt;br /&gt;
			-- We are in the user, template or module namespaces.&lt;br /&gt;
			-- Add sandbox and testcases links.&lt;br /&gt;
			-- &amp;quot;Editors can experiment in this template&#039;s sandbox and testcases pages.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
			text = text .. (p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) or &#039;&#039;) .. &#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			if not args.content and not args[1] then&lt;br /&gt;
				-- &amp;quot;Please add categories to the /doc subpage.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				-- Don&#039;t show this message with inline docs or with an explicitly specified doc page,&lt;br /&gt;
				-- as then it is unclear where to add the categories.&lt;br /&gt;
				text = text .. (p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) or &#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
			text = text .. &#039; &#039; .. (p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) or &#039;&#039;) --&amp;quot;Subpages of this template&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
			local printBlurb = p.makePrintBlurb(args, env) -- Two-line blurb about print versions of templates.&lt;br /&gt;
			if printBlurb then&lt;br /&gt;
				text = text .. &#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&#039; .. printBlurb&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	local box = mw.html.create(&#039;div&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	box:attr(&#039;role&#039;, &#039;note&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		-- &#039;documentation-metadata&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		:addClass(message(&#039;end-box-class&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
		-- &#039;plainlinks&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		:addClass(message(&#039;end-box-plainlinks&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
		:wikitext(text)&lt;br /&gt;
		:done()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return &#039;\n&#039; .. tostring(box)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[=[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Makes the blurb &amp;quot;This documentation is transcluded from [[Template:Foo]] (edit, history)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &lt;br /&gt;
	-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;edit-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;edit&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;history-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;history&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;transcluded-from-blurb&#039; --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] &lt;br /&gt;
	-- is [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;module-preload&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;create-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;create&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;create-module-doc-blurb&#039; --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	--]=]&lt;br /&gt;
	local docTitle = env.docTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	if not docTitle then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret&lt;br /&gt;
	if docTitle.exists then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- /doc exists; link to it.&lt;br /&gt;
		local docLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText)&lt;br /&gt;
		local editUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = &#039;edit&#039;}&lt;br /&gt;
		local editDisplay = message(&#039;edit-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		local editLink = makeUrlLink(editUrl, editDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		local historyUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = &#039;history&#039;}&lt;br /&gt;
		local historyDisplay = message(&#039;history-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		local historyLink = makeUrlLink(historyUrl, historyDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		ret = message(&#039;transcluded-from-blurb&#039;, {docLink})&lt;br /&gt;
			.. &#039; &#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			.. makeToolbar(editLink, historyLink)&lt;br /&gt;
			.. &#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif env.subjectSpace == 828 then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- /doc does not exist; ask to create it.&lt;br /&gt;
		local createUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = &#039;edit&#039;, preload = message(&#039;module-preload&#039;)}&lt;br /&gt;
		local createDisplay = message(&#039;create-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		local createLink = makeUrlLink(createUrl, createDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		ret = message(&#039;create-module-doc-blurb&#039;, {createLink})&lt;br /&gt;
			.. &#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return ret&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Renders the text &amp;quot;Editors can experiment in this template&#039;s sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &lt;br /&gt;
	-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;sandbox-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;sandbox&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;sandbox-edit-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;edit&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;compare-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;diff&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;module-sandbox-preload&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;template-sandbox-preload&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;sandbox-create-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;create&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;mirror-edit-summary&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Create sandbox version of $1&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;mirror-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;mirror&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;mirror-link-preload&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Template:Documentation/mirror&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;sandbox-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;sandbox&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;testcases-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;testcases&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;testcases-edit-link-display&#039;--&amp;gt; &#039;edit&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;template-sandbox-preload&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;testcases-create-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;create&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;testcases-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;testcases&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;testcases-edit-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;edit&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;module-testcases-preload&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;template-testcases-preload&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Template:Documentation/preload-testcases&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;experiment-blurb-module&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Editors can experiment in this module&#039;s $1 and $2 pages.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;experiment-blurb-template&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Editors can experiment in this template&#039;s $1 and $2 pages.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace&lt;br /&gt;
	local templateTitle = env.templateTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	local templatePage = templateTitle.prefixedText&lt;br /&gt;
	if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle or not sandboxTitle or not testcasesTitle then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Make links.&lt;br /&gt;
	local sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks&lt;br /&gt;
	if sandboxTitle.exists then&lt;br /&gt;
		local sandboxPage = sandboxTitle.prefixedText&lt;br /&gt;
		local sandboxDisplay = message(&#039;sandbox-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		local sandboxLink = makeWikilink(sandboxPage, sandboxDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		local sandboxEditUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = &#039;edit&#039;}&lt;br /&gt;
		local sandboxEditDisplay = message(&#039;sandbox-edit-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		local sandboxEditLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxEditUrl, sandboxEditDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		local compareUrl = env.compareUrl&lt;br /&gt;
		local compareLink&lt;br /&gt;
		if compareUrl then&lt;br /&gt;
			local compareDisplay = message(&#039;compare-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		sandboxLinks = sandboxLink .. &#039; &#039; .. makeToolbar(sandboxEditLink, compareLink)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		local sandboxPreload&lt;br /&gt;
		if subjectSpace == 828 then&lt;br /&gt;
			sandboxPreload = message(&#039;module-sandbox-preload&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			sandboxPreload = message(&#039;template-sandbox-preload&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		local sandboxCreateUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = &#039;edit&#039;, preload = sandboxPreload}&lt;br /&gt;
		local sandboxCreateDisplay = message(&#039;sandbox-create-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		local sandboxCreateLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxCreateUrl, sandboxCreateDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		local mirrorSummary = message(&#039;mirror-edit-summary&#039;, {makeWikilink(templatePage)})&lt;br /&gt;
		local mirrorPreload = message(&#039;mirror-link-preload&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		local mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = &#039;edit&#039;, preload = mirrorPreload, summary = mirrorSummary}&lt;br /&gt;
		if subjectSpace == 828 then&lt;br /&gt;
			mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = &#039;edit&#039;, preload = templateTitle.prefixedText, summary = mirrorSummary}&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		local mirrorDisplay = message(&#039;mirror-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		local mirrorLink = makeUrlLink(mirrorUrl, mirrorDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		sandboxLinks = message(&#039;sandbox-link-display&#039;) .. &#039; &#039; .. makeToolbar(sandboxCreateLink, mirrorLink)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if testcasesTitle.exists then&lt;br /&gt;
		local testcasesPage = testcasesTitle.prefixedText&lt;br /&gt;
		local testcasesDisplay = message(&#039;testcases-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesPage, testcasesDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		local testcasesEditUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = &#039;edit&#039;}&lt;br /&gt;
		local testcasesEditDisplay = message(&#039;testcases-edit-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		local testcasesEditLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesEditUrl, testcasesEditDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		-- for Modules, add testcases run link if exists&lt;br /&gt;
		if testcasesTitle.contentModel == &amp;quot;Scribunto&amp;quot; and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.exists then&lt;br /&gt;
			local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message(&#039;testcases-run-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
			testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. &#039; &#039; .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink, testcasesRunLink)&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. &#039; &#039; .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		local testcasesPreload&lt;br /&gt;
		if subjectSpace == 828 then&lt;br /&gt;
			testcasesPreload = message(&#039;module-testcases-preload&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			testcasesPreload = message(&#039;template-testcases-preload&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		local testcasesCreateUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = &#039;edit&#039;, preload = testcasesPreload}&lt;br /&gt;
		local testcasesCreateDisplay = message(&#039;testcases-create-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		local testcasesCreateLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesCreateUrl, testcasesCreateDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		testcasesLinks = message(&#039;testcases-link-display&#039;) .. &#039; &#039; .. makeToolbar(testcasesCreateLink)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local messageName&lt;br /&gt;
	if subjectSpace == 828 then&lt;br /&gt;
		messageName = &#039;experiment-blurb-module&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		messageName = &#039;experiment-blurb-template&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return message(messageName, {sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks})&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Generates the text &amp;quot;Please add categories to the /doc subpage.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;doc-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;/doc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;add-categories-blurb&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Please add categories to the $1 subpage.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	local docTitle = env.docTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	if not docTitle then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local docPathLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, message(&#039;doc-link-display&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
	return message(&#039;add-categories-blurb&#039;, {docPathLink})&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Generates the &amp;quot;Subpages of this template&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;template-pagetype&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;template&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;module-pagetype&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;module&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;default-pagetype&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;page&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;subpages-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Subpages of this $1&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace&lt;br /&gt;
	local templateTitle = env.templateTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local pagetype&lt;br /&gt;
	if subjectSpace == 10 then&lt;br /&gt;
		pagetype = message(&#039;template-pagetype&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif subjectSpace == 828 then&lt;br /&gt;
		pagetype = message(&#039;module-pagetype&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		pagetype = message(&#039;default-pagetype&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local subpagesLink = makeWikilink(&lt;br /&gt;
		&#039;Special:PrefixIndex/&#039; .. templateTitle.prefixedText .. &#039;/&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		message(&#039;subpages-link-display&#039;, {pagetype})&lt;br /&gt;
	)&lt;br /&gt;
	return message(&#039;subpages-blurb&#039;, {subpagesLink})&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.makePrintBlurb(args, env)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[=[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Generates the blurb displayed when there is a print version of the template available.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment&lt;br /&gt;
	--&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;print-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;/Print&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;print-blurb&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;A [[Help:Books/for experts#Improving the book layout|print version]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	--		.. &#039; of this template exists at $1.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	--		.. &#039; If you make a change to this template, please update the print version as well.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;display-print-category&#039; --&amp;gt; true&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;print-category&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Templates with print versions&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	--]=]&lt;br /&gt;
	local printTitle = env.printTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	if not printTitle then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret&lt;br /&gt;
	if printTitle.exists then&lt;br /&gt;
		local printLink = makeWikilink(printTitle.prefixedText, message(&#039;print-link-display&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
		ret = message(&#039;print-blurb&#039;, {printLink})&lt;br /&gt;
		local displayPrintCategory = message(&#039;display-print-category&#039;, nil, &#039;boolean&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		if displayPrintCategory then&lt;br /&gt;
			ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message(&#039;print-category&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return ret&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Tracking categories&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.addTrackingCategories(env)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Check if {{documentation}} is transcluded on a /doc or /testcases page.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;display-strange-usage-category&#039; --&amp;gt; true&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;doc-subpage&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;doc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;testcases-subpage&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;testcases&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;strange-usage-category&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &lt;br /&gt;
	-- /testcases pages in the module namespace are not categorised, as they may have&lt;br /&gt;
	-- {{documentation}} transcluded automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	local title = env.title&lt;br /&gt;
	local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace&lt;br /&gt;
	if not title or not subjectSpace then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local subpage = title.subpageText&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret = &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	if message(&#039;display-strange-usage-category&#039;, nil, &#039;boolean&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		and (&lt;br /&gt;
			subpage == message(&#039;doc-subpage&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			or subjectSpace ~= 828 and subpage == message(&#039;testcases-subpage&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		)&lt;br /&gt;
	then&lt;br /&gt;
		ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message(&#039;strange-usage-category&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return ret&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return p&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:%E3%83%A1%E3%82%A4%E3%83%B3%E3%83%9A%E3%83%BC%E3%82%B8&amp;diff=128</id>
		<title>MARV Wiki:メインページ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:%E3%83%A1%E3%82%A4%E3%83%B3%E3%83%9A%E3%83%BC%E3%82%B8&amp;diff=128"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T07:36:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: Admin がページ「メインページ」を「MARV Wiki:メインページ」に、リダイレクトを残さずに移動しました&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;MediaWiki はインストール済みです。&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ウィキソフトウェアの使い方に関する情報は[https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents 利用者案内]を参照してください。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== はじめましょう ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Configuration_settings/ja 設定の一覧]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:FAQ/ja MediaWiki よくある質問]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://lists.wikimedia.org/postorius/lists/mediawiki-announce.lists.wikimedia.org/ MediaWiki リリース情報メーリングリスト]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Localisation/ja MediaWiki をご使用の言語へ翻訳]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Combating_spam ご使用のウィキでスパムと戦う方法を学ぶ]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:Wiki%E3%81%AE%E6%A8%A9%E9%99%90%E3%81%AB%E3%81%A4%E3%81%84%E3%81%A6&amp;diff=127</id>
		<title>MARV Wiki:Wikiの権限について</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:Wiki%E3%81%AE%E6%A8%A9%E9%99%90%E3%81%AB%E3%81%A4%E3%81%84%E3%81%A6&amp;diff=127"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T07:35:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: 「MARV Wiki:Wikiの権限について」を保護しました: 編集を拒否します。 ([編集=管理者のみ許可] (無期限) [移動=管理者のみ許可] (無期限))&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= MARV Wikiの権限について =&lt;br /&gt;
MARV Wikiへようこそ！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
このサイトはMinecraftサーバー MARVのOfficial Wikiになっています！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
このWikiの編集にはアカウントの作成が必須です。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
↑のような形で、Wikipediaとは少し違う権限群が適用されています！以下の表で確認してください。&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+WikiとDiscordの比較表&lt;br /&gt;
!Wiki 権限群&lt;br /&gt;
!Discord 権限群&lt;br /&gt;
!メンバー（運営のみ）&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|管理者(sysop), ビューロクラット(bureaucrat),&lt;br /&gt;
|Founder, Admin, CIO&lt;br /&gt;
|MASK, Pla.s2, Okakajp&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|moderator&lt;br /&gt;
|[General-MOD]&lt;br /&gt;
|Ruin&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|利用登録者(user)&lt;br /&gt;
|Member&lt;br /&gt;
|******&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
[[カテゴリ:運営用ドキュメント]]&lt;br /&gt;
__インデックス__&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E6%A8%A9%E9%99%90%E6%A7%8B%E9%80%A0&amp;diff=126</id>
		<title>権限構造</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E6%A8%A9%E9%99%90%E6%A7%8B%E9%80%A0&amp;diff=126"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T07:29:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: Admin がページ「権限構造」を「MARV Wiki:Wikiの権限について」に移動しました&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#転送 [[MARV Wiki:Wikiの権限について]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:Wiki%E3%81%AE%E6%A8%A9%E9%99%90%E3%81%AB%E3%81%A4%E3%81%84%E3%81%A6&amp;diff=125</id>
		<title>MARV Wiki:Wikiの権限について</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:Wiki%E3%81%AE%E6%A8%A9%E9%99%90%E3%81%AB%E3%81%A4%E3%81%84%E3%81%A6&amp;diff=125"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T07:29:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: Admin がページ「権限構造」を「MARV Wiki:Wikiの権限について」に移動しました&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= MARV Wikiの権限について =&lt;br /&gt;
MARV Wikiへようこそ！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
このサイトはMinecraftサーバー MARVのOfficial Wikiになっています！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
このWikiの編集にはアカウントの作成が必須です。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
↑のような形で、Wikipediaとは少し違う権限群が適用されています！以下の表で確認してください。&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+WikiとDiscordの比較表&lt;br /&gt;
!Wiki 権限群&lt;br /&gt;
!Discord 権限群&lt;br /&gt;
!メンバー（運営のみ）&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|管理者(sysop), ビューロクラット(bureaucrat),&lt;br /&gt;
|Founder, Admin, CIO&lt;br /&gt;
|MASK, Pla.s2, Okakajp&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|moderator&lt;br /&gt;
|[General-MOD]&lt;br /&gt;
|Ruin&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|利用登録者(user)&lt;br /&gt;
|Member&lt;br /&gt;
|******&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
[[カテゴリ:運営用ドキュメント]]&lt;br /&gt;
__インデックス__&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:Wiki%E3%81%AE%E6%A8%A9%E9%99%90%E3%81%AB%E3%81%A4%E3%81%84%E3%81%A6&amp;diff=124</id>
		<title>MARV Wiki:Wikiの権限について</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:Wiki%E3%81%AE%E6%A8%A9%E9%99%90%E3%81%AB%E3%81%A4%E3%81%84%E3%81%A6&amp;diff=124"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T07:29:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「= MARV Wikiの権限について = MARV Wikiへようこそ！  このサイトはMinecraftサーバー MARVのOfficial Wikiになっています！  このWikiの編集にはアカウントの作成が必須です。  ↑のような形で、Wikipediaとは少し違う権限群が適用されています！以下の表で確認してください。 {| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; |+WikiとDiscordの比較表 !Wiki 権限群 !Discord 権限群 !メンバー（運営のみ） |…」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= MARV Wikiの権限について =&lt;br /&gt;
MARV Wikiへようこそ！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
このサイトはMinecraftサーバー MARVのOfficial Wikiになっています！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
このWikiの編集にはアカウントの作成が必須です。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
↑のような形で、Wikipediaとは少し違う権限群が適用されています！以下の表で確認してください。&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+WikiとDiscordの比較表&lt;br /&gt;
!Wiki 権限群&lt;br /&gt;
!Discord 権限群&lt;br /&gt;
!メンバー（運営のみ）&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|管理者(sysop), ビューロクラット(bureaucrat),&lt;br /&gt;
|Founder, Admin, CIO&lt;br /&gt;
|MASK, Pla.s2, Okakajp&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|moderator&lt;br /&gt;
|[General-MOD]&lt;br /&gt;
|Ruin&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|利用登録者(user)&lt;br /&gt;
|Member&lt;br /&gt;
|******&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
[[カテゴリ:運営用ドキュメント]]&lt;br /&gt;
__インデックス__&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:Moderator&amp;diff=123</id>
		<title>MARV Wiki:Moderator</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:Moderator&amp;diff=123"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T07:10:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;モデレーター&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:Moderator&amp;diff=122</id>
		<title>MARV Wiki:Moderator</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:Moderator&amp;diff=122"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T07:09:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「== モデレーター ==」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== モデレーター ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:%E7%AE%A1%E7%90%86%E8%80%85&amp;diff=120</id>
		<title>MARV Wiki:管理者</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:%E7%AE%A1%E7%90%86%E8%80%85&amp;diff=120"/>
		<updated>2026-04-05T06:57:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== この権限はMARVのFounderとCIOおよびAdminに付与されています。（今後変更予定） ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:%E7%99%BB%E9%8C%B2%E5%88%A9%E7%94%A8%E8%80%85&amp;diff=30</id>
		<title>MARV Wiki:登録利用者</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:%E7%99%BB%E9%8C%B2%E5%88%A9%E7%94%A8%E8%80%85&amp;diff=30"/>
		<updated>2026-04-04T14:44:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「== この権限はMARV Wikiの基本権限です ==」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== この権限はMARV Wikiの基本権限です ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:%E4%BB%AE%E3%82%A2%E3%82%AB%E3%82%A6%E3%83%B3%E3%83%88IP%E9%96%B2%E8%A6%A7%E8%80%85&amp;diff=29</id>
		<title>MARV Wiki:仮アカウントIP閲覧者</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:%E4%BB%AE%E3%82%A2%E3%82%AB%E3%82%A6%E3%83%B3%E3%83%88IP%E9%96%B2%E8%A6%A7%E8%80%85&amp;diff=29"/>
		<updated>2026-04-04T14:41:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「== この権限はMARV Wikiでは利用されていません ==」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== この権限はMARV Wikiでは利用されていません ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:%E7%AE%A1%E7%90%86%E8%80%85&amp;diff=28</id>
		<title>MARV Wiki:管理者</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:%E7%AE%A1%E7%90%86%E8%80%85&amp;diff=28"/>
		<updated>2026-04-04T14:41:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「== この権限はMARVのFounderとCIOに付与されています。（今後変更予定） ==」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== この権限はMARVのFounderとCIOに付与されています。（今後変更予定） ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:%E7%A7%98%E5%8C%BF%E8%80%85&amp;diff=27</id>
		<title>MARV Wiki:秘匿者</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:%E7%A7%98%E5%8C%BF%E8%80%85&amp;diff=27"/>
		<updated>2026-04-04T14:40:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「== この権限はMARV Wikiでは利用されていません。 ==」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== この権限はMARV Wikiでは利用されていません。 ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:%E3%83%97%E3%83%83%E3%82%B7%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BB%E3%82%B5%E3%83%96%E3%82%B9%E3%82%AF%E3%83%AA%E3%83%97%E3%82%B7%E3%83%A7%E3%83%B3%E5%8F%96%E6%89%B1%E8%80%85&amp;diff=26</id>
		<title>MARV Wiki:プッシュ・サブスクリプション取扱者</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:%E3%83%97%E3%83%83%E3%82%B7%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BB%E3%82%B5%E3%83%96%E3%82%B9%E3%82%AF%E3%83%AA%E3%83%97%E3%82%B7%E3%83%A7%E3%83%B3%E5%8F%96%E6%89%B1%E8%80%85&amp;diff=26"/>
		<updated>2026-04-04T14:29:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「== この権限はMARV Wikiでは利用されていません。 ==」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== この権限はMARV Wikiでは利用されていません。 ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:%E3%82%A4%E3%83%B3%E3%82%BF%E3%83%BC%E3%83%95%E3%82%A7%E3%83%BC%E3%82%B9%E7%AE%A1%E7%90%86%E8%80%85&amp;diff=25</id>
		<title>MARV Wiki:インターフェース管理者</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:%E3%82%A4%E3%83%B3%E3%82%BF%E3%83%BC%E3%83%95%E3%82%A7%E3%83%BC%E3%82%B9%E7%AE%A1%E7%90%86%E8%80%85&amp;diff=25"/>
		<updated>2026-04-04T14:28:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「== この権限はWiki技術管理者（未定）に付与されます。 ==」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== この権限はWiki技術管理者（未定）に付与されます。 ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:%E3%83%81%E3%82%A7%E3%83%83%E3%82%AF%E3%83%A6%E3%83%BC%E3%82%B6%E3%83%BC&amp;diff=24</id>
		<title>MARV Wiki:チェックユーザー</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:%E3%83%81%E3%82%A7%E3%83%83%E3%82%AF%E3%83%A6%E3%83%BC%E3%82%B6%E3%83%BC&amp;diff=24"/>
		<updated>2026-04-04T14:26:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「== この権限はMARV DiscordのAdminに付与されます。 ==」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== この権限はMARV DiscordのAdminに付与されます。 ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:%E3%83%93%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AD%E3%82%AF%E3%83%A9%E3%83%83%E3%83%88&amp;diff=23</id>
		<title>MARV Wiki:ビューロクラット</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:%E3%83%93%E3%83%A5%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AD%E3%82%AF%E3%83%A9%E3%83%83%E3%83%88&amp;diff=23"/>
		<updated>2026-04-04T14:26:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「== この権限はMARV Discord内のAdminに付与されます。 ==」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== この権限はMARV Discord内のAdminに付与されます。 ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:%E3%83%9C%E3%83%83%E3%83%88&amp;diff=22</id>
		<title>MARV Wiki:ボット</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:%E3%83%9C%E3%83%83%E3%83%88&amp;diff=22"/>
		<updated>2026-04-04T14:25:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「== Bot用 ==」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Bot用 ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:%E8%87%AA%E5%8B%95%E6%89%BF%E8%AA%8D%E3%81%95%E3%82%8C%E3%81%9F%E5%88%A9%E7%94%A8%E8%80%85&amp;diff=21</id>
		<title>MARV Wiki:自動承認された利用者</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:%E8%87%AA%E5%8B%95%E6%89%BF%E8%AA%8D%E3%81%95%E3%82%8C%E3%81%9F%E5%88%A9%E7%94%A8%E8%80%85&amp;diff=21"/>
		<updated>2026-04-04T14:24:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「== MARV Wikiでは現在利用されていません。 ==」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== MARV Wikiでは現在利用されていません。 ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%82%AB%E3%83%86%E3%82%B4%E3%83%AA:Country&amp;diff=13</id>
		<title>カテゴリ:Country</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%82%AB%E3%83%86%E3%82%B4%E3%83%AA:Country&amp;diff=13"/>
		<updated>2026-04-04T12:41:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: /* このカテゴリは国のWikiページ用として利用されます。 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== このカテゴリは国のWikiページ用として利用されます。 ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[中華国]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E4%B8%AD%E8%8F%AF%E9%80%A3%E9%82%A6&amp;diff=12</id>
		<title>中華連邦</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E4%B8%AD%E8%8F%AF%E9%80%A3%E9%82%A6&amp;diff=12"/>
		<updated>2026-04-04T12:40:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[:カテゴリ:Country]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
あああああああああああああああああああああああああああああああああああああああああああああああああああああああ&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%82%AB%E3%83%86%E3%82%B4%E3%83%AA:Country&amp;diff=11</id>
		<title>カテゴリ:Country</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E3%82%AB%E3%83%86%E3%82%B4%E3%83%AA:Country&amp;diff=11"/>
		<updated>2026-04-04T12:39:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「== このカテゴリは国のWikiページ用として利用されます。 ==」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== このカテゴリは国のWikiページ用として利用されます。 ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E4%B8%AD%E8%8F%AF%E9%80%A3%E9%82%A6&amp;diff=10</id>
		<title>中華連邦</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E4%B8%AD%E8%8F%AF%E9%80%A3%E9%82%A6&amp;diff=10"/>
		<updated>2026-04-04T12:30:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: ページの作成:「:カテゴリ:Country」&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[:カテゴリ:Country]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:%E3%83%A1%E3%82%A4%E3%83%B3%E3%83%9A%E3%83%BC%E3%82%B8&amp;diff=9</id>
		<title>MARV Wiki:メインページ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=MARV_Wiki:%E3%83%A1%E3%82%A4%E3%83%B3%E3%83%9A%E3%83%BC%E3%82%B8&amp;diff=9"/>
		<updated>2026-04-04T12:08:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: 「メインページ」を保護しました: 編集を拒否します。 ([編集=管理者のみ許可] (無期限) [移動=管理者のみ許可] (無期限))&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;MediaWiki はインストール済みです。&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ウィキソフトウェアの使い方に関する情報は[https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents 利用者案内]を参照してください。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== はじめましょう ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Configuration_settings/ja 設定の一覧]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:FAQ/ja MediaWiki よくある質問]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://lists.wikimedia.org/postorius/lists/mediawiki-announce.lists.wikimedia.org/ MediaWiki リリース情報メーリングリスト]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Localisation/ja MediaWiki をご使用の言語へ翻訳]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Combating_spam ご使用のウィキでスパムと戦う方法を学ぶ]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E5%88%A9%E7%94%A8%E8%80%85:Admin&amp;diff=8</id>
		<title>利用者:Admin</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.marvgame.com/index.php?title=%E5%88%A9%E7%94%A8%E8%80%85:Admin&amp;diff=8"/>
		<updated>2026-04-04T12:01:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Admin: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== このアカウントは管理用です。 ==&lt;br /&gt;
ログインしないでください。&lt;br /&gt;
パスワードは1024文字です。&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Admin</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>